summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex/contrib/revtex/ltxgrid.dtx
blob: 6d0c659db79f4cc32644f17ab2bd8dfb084640df (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
% \iffalse meta-comment balanced on line 109
% ltxgrid.dtx: package to change page grid, MVL.
% Copyright (c) 2009 Arthur Ogawa
%
% Disclaimer
%   This file is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
%   without even the implied warranty of
%   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
% License
%   You may distribute this file under the conditions of the 
%   LaTeX Project Public License 1.3c or later 
%   (http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt).
% ReadMe
%   For the documentation and more detailed instructions for
%   installation, typeset this document with \LaTeX.
% Maintenance Status
%   This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained";
%   Current Maintainer of this work is Arthur Ogawa
%   changes for version 4.2d and 4.2e by Phelype Oleinik.
%
% This work consists of the main source file ltxgrid.dtx
% and the derived files
%    ltxgrid.sty, ltxgrid.pdf
% Distribution:
%    CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/revtex/
%
% Unpacking:
%    tex ltxgrid.dtx
%
% Documentation:
%    latex ltxgrid.dtx; ...
%
%    Programm calls to get the documentation (example):
%       pdflatex ltxgrid.dtx
%       makeindex -s gind.ist ltxgrid
%       makeindex -s gglo.ist -o ltxgrid.gls ltxgrid.glo
%       pdflatex ltxgrid.dtx
%       makeindex -s gind.ist ltxgrid.idx
%       pdflatex ltxgrid.dtx
%
% Installation:
%    TDS:doc/latex/revtex/
%    TDS:tex/latex/revtex/
%    TDS:source/latex/revtex/
%
% Thanks, Heiko!
%    This method of letting a single .dtx file serve as both
%    documentation (via latex) and installer (via tex) follows
%    the example of Heiko Oberdiek. Thanks!
%<*ignore>
\begingroup
  \def\x{LaTeX2e}%
\expandafter\endgroup
\ifcase
 0\expandafter\ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi\ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi
 \relax
\else
 \csname fi\endcsname
%</ignore>
%<*install>
%% This file will generate documentation and runtime files
%% from ltxgrid.dtx when run through LaTeX or TeX.
\input docstrip
\preamble

This is a generated file;
altering it directly is inadvisable;
instead, modify the original source file.
See the URL in the file README-LTXGRID.tex.

License
   You may distribute this file under the conditions of the 
   LaTeX Project Public License 1.3c or later 
   (http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt).
   
   This file is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; 
   without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY 
   or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

\endpreamble
\askforoverwritefalse
\keepsilent
 \generate{%
  %{ignore}
% \usedir{tex/latex/revtex}%
  \file{ltxgrid.sty}{%
   \from{ltxgrid.dtx}{package,kernel}%
  }%
 }%
\ifToplevel{
\Msg{***********************************************************}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To finish the installation, please move}
\Msg{*    ltxgrid.sty}
\Msg{* into a directory searched by TeX;}
\Msg{* in a TDS-compliant installation:}
\Msg{* texmf/tex/macros/latex/revtex/.}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To produce the documentation,
       run ltxgrid.dtx through LaTeX.}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* Happy TeXing}
\Msg{***********************************************************}
}
\endbatchfile
%</install>
%<*ignore>
\fi
%</ignore>
% \fi
%
% \GetFileInfo{ltxgrid.dtx}
%
% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
%<*package>
%%%  @LaTeX-file{
%%%     filename        = "ltxgrid.dtx",
%%%     version         = "4.2e",
%%%     date            = "2020/10/03",
%%%     author          = "Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net),
%%%                        Phelype Oleinik (mailto:phelype.oleinik at latex-project.org),
%%%                        commissioned by the American Physical Society.
%%%                        ",
%%%     copyright       = "Copyright (C) 1999, 2009 Arthur Ogawa,
%%%                        distributed under the terms of the 
%%%                        LaTeX Project Public License 1.3c, see
%%%                        ftp://ctan.tug.org/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt
%%%                        ",
%%%     address         = "Arthur Ogawa,
%%%                        USA",
%%%     telephone       = "",
%%%     FAX             = "",
%%%     email           = "mailto colon arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net",
%%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
%%%     keywords        = "latex, page grid, main vertical list",
%%%     supported       = "yes",
%%%     abstract        = "package to change page grid, MVL",
%%%  }
%</package>
% \fi
%
% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
% The following references the \file{README-LTXGRID} file,
% which contains basic information about this package.
% The contents of this file are generated when
% you typeset the programmer's documentation.
% Search on "{filecontents*}{README-LTXGRID}" to locate it.
% \fi\input{README-LTXGRID}%
%
% \subsection{Bill of Materials}
%
% Following is a list of the files in this distribution arranged
% according to provenance.
%
% \subsubsection{Primary Source}%
% One single file generates all.
%\begin{verbatim}
%ltxgrid.dtx
%\end{verbatim}
%
% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{latex ltxgrid.dtx}}%
% Typesetting the source file under \LaTeX\
% generates the readme and the installer.
%\begin{verbatim}
%README-LTXGRID   ltxgrid.ins
%\end{verbatim}
%
% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{tex ltxgrid.ins}}%
% Typesetting the installer generates
% the package files.
%\begin{verbatim}
%ltxgrid.sty
%\end{verbatim}
%
% \subsubsection{Documentation}%
% The following are the online documentation:
% \begin{verbatim}
%ltxgrid.pdf
% \end{verbatim}
%
% \subsubsection{Auxiliary}%
% The following are auxiliary files generated
% in the course of running \LaTeX:
% \begin{verbatim}
%ltxgrid.aux ltxgrid.idx ltxgrid.ind ltxgrid.log ltxgrid.toc
% \end{verbatim}
%
% \section{Code common to all modules}%
%
% The following may look a bit klootchy, but we
% want to require only one place in this file
% where the version number is stated,
% and we also want to ensure that the version
% number is embedded into every generated file.
%
% Now we declare that
% these files can only be used with \LaTeXe.
% An appropriate message is displayed if
% a different \TeX{} format is used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*driver|package>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]%
%</driver|package>
%    \end{macrocode}
% As desired, the following modules all
% take common version information:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<kernel&!package&!doc>\typeout{%
%<*package|doc>
\ProvidesFile{%
%</package|doc>
%<*kernel|package|doc>
ltxgrid%
%</kernel|package|doc>
%<*doc>
.dtx%
%</doc>
%<package>.sty%
%<*package|doc>
}%
%</package|doc>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The following line contains, for once and for all,
% the version and date information.
% By various means, this information is reproduced
% consistently in all generated files and in the
% typeset documentation.
% Give credit where due. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*doc|package|kernel>
%<version>
 [2020/10/03 4.2e page grid package (portions licensed from W. E. Baxter web at superscript.com)]% \fileversion
%</doc|package|kernel>
%<kernel&!package&!doc>}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \section{The driver module \texttt{doc}}
%
% This module, consisting of the present section,
% typesets the programmer's documentation,
% generating the \file{.ins} installer and \file{README-LTXGRID} as required.
%
% Because the only uncommented-out lines of code at the beginning of
% this file constitute the \file{doc} module itself,
% we can simply typeset the \file{.dtx} file directly,
% and there is thus rarely any need to
% generate the ``doc'' {\sc docstrip} module.
% Module delimiters are nonetheless required so that
% this code does not find its way into the other modules.
%
% The \enve{document} command concludes the typesetting run.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*driver>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{The Preamble}
% The programmers documentation is formatted
% with the \classname{ltxdoc} class with local customizations,
% and with the usual code line indexing.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\RequirePackage{ltxdocext}%
\RequirePackage[colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}%
%\ifx\package@font\@undefined\else
% \expandafter\expandafter
% \expandafter\RequirePackage
% \expandafter\expandafter
% \expandafter{%
%              \csname package@font\endcsname
%             }%
%\fi
\CodelineIndex\EnableCrossrefs % makeindex -s gind.ist ltxgrid
\RecordChanges % makeindex -s gglo.ist -o ltxgrid.gls ltxgrid.glo
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Docstrip and info directives}
%    We use so many {\sc docstrip} modules that we set the
%    \texttt{StandardModuleDepth} counter to 1.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    The following command retrieves the date and version information
%    from this file.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\expandafter\GetFileInfo\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{The ``Read Me'' File}
% As promised above, here is the contents of the
% ``Read Me'' file. That file serves a double purpose,
% since it also constitutes the beginining of the
% programmer's documentation. What better thing, after
% all, to have appear at the beginning of the
% typeset documentation?
%
% A good discussion of how to write a ReadMe file can be found in
% Engst, Tonya, ``Writing a ReadMe File? Read This''
% \emph{MacTech} October 1998, p. 58.
%
% Note the appearance of the
% \cmd\StopEventually\ command, which marks the
% dividing line between the user documentation
% and the programmer documentation.
%
% The usual user will not be asked to
% do a full build, not to speak
% of the bootstrap.
% Instructions for carrying these processes
% begin the programmer's manual.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begin{filecontents*}{README-LTXGRID}
\title{%
 A \LaTeX\ Package for changing the page grid and MVL%
 \thanks{%
  This file has version number \fileversion,
  last revised \filedate.%
 }%
 \thanks{%
  Version \fileversion\ \copyright\ 2019--2020 American Physical Society
 }%
}%
\author{%
 Arthur Ogawa%
  \thanks{\texttt{mailto:arthur\_ogawa at sbcglobal.net}}%
}%
%\iffalse
% For version number and date,
% search on "\fileversion" in the .dtx file,
% or see the end of the README-LTXGRID file.
%\fi
\maketitle

This file embodies the \classname{ltxgrid} package,
the implementation and its user documentation.

The distribution point for this work is
\url{journals.aps.org/revtex},
which contains the REV\TeX\ package, and includes source and documentation for this package.

The \classname{ltxgrid} package was commissioned by the American Physical Society
and is distributed under the terms of the \LaTeX\ Project Public License 1.3c,
the same license under which all the portions of \LaTeX\ itself is distributed.
Please see \url{http://ctan.tug.org/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt} for details.

To use this document class, you must have a working
\TeX\ installation equipped with \LaTeXe\ 
and possibly pdftex and Adobe Acrobat Reader or equivalent.

To install, retrieve the distribution,
unpack it into a directory on the target computer,
into a location in your filesystem where it will be found by \LaTeX;
in a TDS-compliant installation this would be:
\file{texmf/tex/macros/latex/revtex/.}

To use, read the user documentation \file{src/ltxgrid.pdf}.

\tableofcontents

\section{Processing Instructions}

The package file \file{ltxgrid.sty}
is generated from this file, \file{ltxgrid.dtx},
using the {\sc docstrip} facility of \LaTeX
via |tex ltxgrid.dtx|.
The typeset documentation that you are now reading is generated from
this same file by typesetting it with \LaTeX\ or pdftex
via |latex ltxgrid.dtx| or |pdflatex ltxgrid.dtx|.

\subsection{Build Instructions}

You may bootstrap this suite of files solely from \file{ltxgrid.dtx}.
Prepare by installing \LaTeXe\ (and either tex or pdftex) on your computer,
then carry out the following steps:
\begin{enumerate}
\item
Within an otherwise empty directory,
typeset \file{ltxgrid.dtx} with \TeX\ or pdftex;
thereby generating the package file \file{ltxgrid.sty}.

\item
Now typeset \file{ltxgrid.dtx} with \LaTeX\ or pdflatex;
you will obtain the typeset documentation you are now reading,
along with the file \file{README-LTXGRID}.

Note: you will have to run \LaTeX\ twice, then \file{makeindex}, then
\LaTeX\ again in order to obtain a valid index and table of contents.

\item
Install the following files into indicated locations within your 
TDS-compliant \texttt{texmf} tree (you may need root access):
\begin{itemize}
\item
\file{$TEXMF/}\file{tex/}\file{latex/}\file{revtex/}\classname{ltxgrid.sty}
\item
\file{$TEXMF/}\file{source/}\file{latex/}\file{revtex/}\classname{ltxgrid.dtx}
\item
\file{$TEXMF/}\file{doc/}\file{latex/}\file{revtex/}\classname{ltxgrid.pdf}
\end{itemize}
where \file{TEXMF/} stands for \file{texmf-local/}, or some other \texttt{texmf} tree in your installation.
\item
Run \texttt{mktexlsr} on directory \file{$TEXMF/} (you may need root access).
\item
Build and installation are now complete; 
now put a \cmd\usepackage\texttt{\{ltxgrid\}} in your document preamble!
(Note: \texttt{ltxgrid} requires package \texttt{ltxutil}.)
\end{enumerate}

\subsection{Change Log}
\changes{4.0a}{2001/06/18}{Introduce \cs{marry@height} }
\changes{4.0a}{2001/06/18}{Introduce \cs{set@marry@height} }
\changes{4.0a}{2008/06/26 }{\cs{@yfloat}: de-fang \cs{set@footnotewidth} (see ltxutil.dtx): we have already done its job. }
\changes{4.1a}{2008/06/29}{Change \cs{LT@array@new}: restore \cs{@tabularcr} and \cs{@xtabularcr}}
\changes{4.1a}{2008/06/29}{Change \cs{LT@array@new}: set \cs{LT@LL@FM@cr} to \cs{@arraycr@array} instead of \cs{@arraycr}}
\changes{4.1a}{2008/06/29}{Repair error in \cs{endlongtable@new} involving \cs{@ifx}: argument not delimited.}
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Get rid of the \cs{reserved@a} idiom}
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Turn off the \cs{set@footnotewidth} mechanism; a float `knows' its proper typesetting context}
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{(AO, 452) Support length checking: show size of shipped out text.}
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{(AO, 456) Compatibility with other packages that override the output routine, following suggestion by David Kastrup.}
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{}
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Box \cs{footbox} changed to box \cs{footsofar}}
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{@combinepage} to \cs{@combinepage} with argument}
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{@makecol} to \cs{@makecolumn} with argument}
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{set@colroom} to \cs{set@colht}}
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{New procedure \cs{@iffpsbit} replaces \cs{@getfpsbit}}
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{New procedure \cs{@output@combined@page}}
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{New procedure for showing a box contents, \cs{trace@box}}
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Procedure \cs{@outputpage@head} headpatches \cs{@outputpage}}%
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Procedure \cs{@outputpage@tail} tailpatches \cs{@outputpage}}%
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Procedure \cs{balance@2} defined more transparently}%
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Tally the height of the float}
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Use \cs{document@inithook} instead of \cs{AtBeginDocument}}
\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Use \cs{trace@box} instead of \cs{showbox}}
\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/07}{(AO, 515) Prevent line numbering within a footnote}
\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/10}{(AO, 518) Tally register overflow when locument is long}
\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/14}{(AO, 519) \cs{footins} content must be preserved and reintegrated}
\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/15}{(AO, 519) Preserve footnotes that are in \cs{footsofar} across a page grid change}
\changes{4.1g}{2009/10/06}{(AO, 531) Fix package \classname{float} }
\changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{Restore the \cs{lastbox} if it is not a footnote}
\changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
\changes{4.1n}{2009/12/18}{(AO, 571) Deconstruct balanced footnotes when needed}
\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) Interface \cs{set@footnotewidth} for determining the set width of footnotes}%
\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) Footnotes, when columns are balanced or when they are composed with their column}%
\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) Abandon \cs{recover@footins} in favor of \cs{recover@column}}%
\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) Use procedures \cs{output@do@prep} and \cs{output@column@do} as dispatchers}
\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) coding convention: use \cs{bgroup}, \cs{egroup} (instead of braces) when a box is being built}%
\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) calling sequence of \cs{combine@foot@inserts} and \cs{grid@column} to expose box registers; that of \cs{append@column@} its column counters}%
\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) footnote rule is leaders, so that it may be removed by \cs{vsplit}; mechanism of \cs{kern} signals to indicate footnote height}%
\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/02}{(AO, 576) Allow \classname{lscape} to act on \cs{@outputbox} at the right time}%
\changes{4.1p}{2010/02/24}{(AO, 583) Provide setup code also for footnotes in a one-column document}%
\changes{4.2a}{2018/12/12}{(MD) Updated name of README file and use standard fonts when typesetting}%
\changes{4.2d}{2020/09/19}{(PHO) Adapt \cs{document} and \cs{enddocument} hooks to the 2020-10-01 \LaTeX{} release.}%
\changes{4.2d}{2020/09/30}{(PHO) Correct \cs{@normalcr} patch for \LaTeX{} 2020-02-02 and later.}%
\end{filecontents*}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{The Document Body}
%
% Here is the document body, containing only a
% \cmd\DocInput\ directive---referring to this very file.
% This very cute self-reference is a common \classname{ltxdoc} idiom.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begin{document}%
\def\revtex{REV\TeX}%
\expandafter\DocInput\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
\end{document}
%</driver>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \section{Using this package}
% Once this package is installed on your filesystem, you can employ it in
% adding functionality to \LaTeX\ by invoking it in your document or document class.
%
% \subsection{Invoking the package}
% In your document, you can simply call it up in your preamble:
% \begin{verbatim}
%\documentclass{book}%
%\usepackage{ltxgrid}%
%\begin{document}
%<your document here>
%\end{document}
% \end{verbatim}
% However, the preferred way is to invoke this package from within your
% customized document class:
% \begin{verbatim}
%\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]%
%\ProvidesClass{myclass}%
%\LoadClass{book}%
%\RequirePackage{ltxgrid}%
%<class customization commands>
%\endinput
% \end{verbatim}
%
% Note that this package requires the features of the \classname{ltxutil} package,
% available at
% \url{publish.aps.org/revtex}.
%
% Once loaded, the package gives you acccess to certain procedures,
% usually to be invoked by a \LaTeX\ command or environment, but not at the document level.
% 
% \subsection{Changing the page grid}%
% This package provides two procedures, \cmd\onecolumngrid, \cmd\twocolumngrid,
% that change the page grid (it can be extended to more columns and to other page grids).
%
% They differ from standard \LaTeX's \cmd\onecolumn\ and \cmd\twocolumn\ commands in that
% they do not force a page break. Also, upon leaving a multiple-column grid, the columns are balanced.
% In other respects they work same.
%
% They differ from the grid-changing commands of Frank Mittelbach's \classname{multicol} package
% in that they allow floats of all types (single- and double column floats, that is) and
% preserve compatability with the \classname{longtable} package.
% 
% These commands must be issued in vertical mode (conceivably via a \cmd\vadjust) such that
% they are ultimately present in the MVL, where they can do their work.
% Because they do not work in \LaTeX's left-right mode, they are unsuitable at the 
% document level.
% Furthermore, packaging a grid command in a \cmd\vadjust, although possible, will probably 
% not acheive satisfactory page layout.
%
% Page grid commands are not intended to be issued unnecessarily: only the first of
% two successive \cmd\onecolumngrid\ commands is effective; the second will be silently ignored.
%
% \DescribeMacro\onecolumngrid
% You command \LaTeX\ to return to the one-column grid with the
% \cmd\onecolumngrid\ command. If you are already in the one-column grid, this
% is a no-op. The one-column grid is considered special of all page grids, in that
% no portion of the page is held back (in \cmd\pagesofar); all items that might go
% on the current page (with the exception of floats and footnotes) are on the MVL.
%
% \DescribeMacro\twocolumngrid
% You command \LaTeX\ to return to the two-column grid with the
% \cmd\twocolumngrid\ command. If you are already in the two-column grid, this
% is a no-op.
% 
% These two commands should be issued by a macro procedure that can ensure that 
% \TeX\ is in outer vertical mode. 
% 
% \subsection{Changing the MVL}%
%
% This package also provides commands to modify the main vertical list (MVL) in a safe way.
% The scheme here is to structure, insofar possible, \TeX's MVL as follows:
%\begin{quotation}
%box or boxes\\
%penalty\\
%glue
%\end{quotation}
% This should be a familiar sequence. It is the prototype sequence for a vertical list,
% and is followed when \TeX\ breaks paragraphs into lines, and when \TeX\ generates 
% a display math equation.
%
% If you (as a macro programmer) wish to modify the value of the penalty or glue item, 
% you can use one of the MVL-altering commands to do so. Certain operations are implemented
% here; you can make up your own.
% 
% Note that these commands must be issued in vertical mode, perhaps via a \cmd\vadjust\ or a \cmd\noalign.
% They can work directly if you are in inner mode (say within a parbox or a minipage).
%
% \DescribeMacro\removestuff
% You instruct \LaTeX\ to remove both the penalty and the glue item with this command.
%
% \DescribeMacro\addstuff
% You issue the \cmd\addstuff\arg{penalty}\arg{glue} command to add a penalty, glue, or both.
% If you do not wish to add one or the other, the corresponding argument should be nil.
% Note that the effect of \cmd\addstuff\ is to stack the penalties and glue items.
% Therefore, the lesser of the two penalties takes effect,
% and the two glue items add together. 
%
% \cmd\addstuff\ is limited because once applied, it cannot be applied again with correct results.
%
% \DescribeMacro\replacestuff
% The \cmd\replacestuff\ command is syntactically the same as \cmd\addstuff, but works
% differently: the existing penalty and glue are replaced or modified.
%
% The specified penalty is not inserted if the existing penalty is greater than 10000
% (that is, in case of a \cmd\nobreak), otherwise, the lower (non-zero) of the two penalties is inserted.
% 
% If the specified glue has a larger natural component than the existing glue, we replace the glue.
% However, if the specified glue's natural component is negative, then the existing glue's natural component is 
% changed by that amount.
%
% \cmd\replacestuff\ can be applied mutiple times bceause it retains the list structure in the canonical form.
%
% Note that we treat two penalties specially (as does \TeX): a penalty of 10000 is considered 
% a garbage value, to be replaced if found. This is the signal value that \TeX\ inserts on
% the MVL replacing the penalty that caused the page break (if the page break occurred at a penalty).
% Also, a penalty of zero is indistinguishable from no penalty at all, so it will always 
% be replaced by the given value.
%
% Therefore, it is highly recommended to never set any of \TeX's penalty parameters to 
% zero (a value of, say, 1, is practically the same), nor should a skip parameter be set to zero
% (instead, use, say, 1sp). Also, to prevent a pagebreak, do not use a penalty of 10000, use, say
% 10001 instead.
%
% You can define your own construct that modifies the MVL:
% Define a command, say, \cmd\myadjust, as follows:
%\begin{verbatim}
%\def\myadjust#1{\noexpand\do@main@vlist{\noexpand\@myadjust{#1}}\@tempa}%
%\end{verbatim}
% that is, \cmd\myadjust\ invokes \cmd\do@main@vlist, passing it the procedure name
% \cmd\@myadjust\ along with the arguments thereof pre-expanded.
% Next,  define the procedure \cmd\@myadjust:
%\begin{verbatim}
%\def\@myadjust#1{<meddle with the MVL>}%
%\end{verbatim}
% when \cmd\@myadjust\ executes, you will be in the output routine (in inner vertical mode)
% and the MVL will be that very vertical list.
%
%
%
%
% \section{Compatability with \LaTeX's Required Packages}
% Certain packages, usually ones written by members of the 
% \LaTeX\ Project itself, have been designated ``required'' and
% are distributed as part of standard \LaTeX.
% These packages have been placed in a priviledged position
% vis \'a vis the \LaTeX\ kernel in that they override the definitions of certain kernel macros.
%
% Compatability between \classname{ltxgrid} and these packages is complicated
% by a number of factors. First is that \classname{ltxgrid} alters the meaning of some of the same
% kernel macros as certain of the ``required'' packages.
% Second is that fact that certain of the ``required'' packages of \LaTeX\ are incompatible with 
% each other.
%
% Examples of the first kind are the \classname{ftnright}, \classname{multicol}, and \classname{longtable} 
% packages.
% The \classname{ltxgrid} package is not compatible with \classname{multicol},
% but if you are using \classname{ltxgrid}, you do not need to use \classname{ftnright} or \classname{multicol}
% anyway. The \classname{ltxgrid} package does however attempt to be compatible with \classname{longtable}.
%
% Among the ``required'' packages that are mutually incompatible are \classname{multicol} and \classname{longtable},
% the incompatibility arising because both packages replace \LaTeX's output routine:
% if one package is active, the other must not be so.
% This state of affairs has remained essentially unchanged since the introduction of the two as \LaTeX2.09 packages in the late 1980s.
%
% The reason that \classname{ltxgrid} can remain compatible with \classname{longtable} is due to the
% introduction of a more modern architecture, the ``output routine dispatcher'', which allows all macro packages access to the
% safe processing environment of the output routine, on an equal footing.
% The relevant portions of the \classname{longtable} package are reimplemented in \classname{ltxgrid}
% to take advantage of this mechanism.
%
% Timing is critical:
% the \classname{ltxgrid} package will be incompatible with any package that
% redefines any of the kernel macros that \classname{ltxgrid} patches---if that
% package is loaded \emph{after} \classname{ltxgrid}.
%
% Hereinafter follows some notes on specific \LaTeX\ packages.
%
% \subsection{ftnright}
% Frank Mittelbach's \classname{ftnright} package effects a change to \LaTeX's
% \cmd\twocolumn\ mode such that footnotes are set at the bottom of the right-hand
% column instead of at the foot of each of the two columns.
%
% Note that it overwrites three \LaTeX\ kernel macros: \cmd\@outputdblcol, \cmd\@startcolumn, and \cmd\@makecolumn.
% Fortunately none of the three are patched by \classname{ltxgrid}, so that compatability
% is not excluded on this basis.
%
% At the same time, it changes the meaning of \cmd\footnotesize, the macro that is automatically 
% invoked when setting a document's footnote into type.
% One might well argue that it is an error for the meaning of \cmd\footnotesize\ to be determined by 
% a package such as \classname{ftnright}, that indeed such a choice should be made in the 
% document class, or in a file such as \file{bk10.clo}.
%
% To avoid being tripped up by this misfeature in \classname{ftnright}, it is only necessary to 
% reassert our meaning for \cmd\footnotesize\ later on, after \classname{ftnright} has been loaded.
%
% Note that \classname{ftnright} inserts code that demands that \LaTeX's flag \cmd\if@twocolumn\
% is true, that is, it will complain if deployed in a \cmd\onecolumn\ document.
% It is therefore necessary for any other multicolumn package to assert that flag in order to
% avoid this package's complaint. It is an interesting question exactly why this package has
% this limitation. After all, a one-column page grid is just a degenerate case of the
% two column.
%
% \subsection{longtable}
% David Carlisle's \classname{longtable} package sets tables that can be so long as to break over pages.
% According to its author, it uses the same override of \LaTeX's output routine as
% Frank Mittelbach's \classname{multicol} package. By implication, then, it has a hard
% incompatability with the latter.
% 
% The \classname{longtable} package also performs a check of whether the document is in 
% \cmd\twocolumn\ mode, and declines to work if this is the case. It is not clear, however,
% that there is any true incompatability present if so. It's just that David did not see any reason
% anyone would want to set such long tables in a multicolumn document, hence the check.
%
% There does not appear to be any indication that \classname{longtable} would work less 
% well under \classname{ltxgrid} than under standard \LaTeX's \cmd\twocolumn\ mode.
% Therefore, this \classname{ltxgrid} patches \classname{longtable} (if loaded) so as to provide
% compatability. In the course of which, \classname{longtable} becomes more robust
% (\classname{longtable} has mumerous bugs and incompatabilities of long standing,
% some of which are repaired by \classname{ltxgrid}).
%
% One problem remains, namely that, if a \env{longtable} environment breaks over columns
% and thereby inserts its special headers and footers at that break, and those columms are then
% balanced (due to a return to the one-column page grid), then those inserted rows
% will remain, and may no longer fall at the column break. This will, of course look
% wrong.
%
% The only way to fix this problem is to avoid doing column balancing in the way 
% I have implemented here; such an enhancement to this package is possible.
%
% \subsection{multicol}
% Frank Mittelbach's \classname{multicol} package provides a page grid with many columns,
% albeit denies the placement of floats in individual columns.
%
% It establishes its own \cmd\output\ routine, which is the reason it runs afoul of 
% the \classname{longtable} package. On the other hand, \classname{ltxgrid} specifically
% allows for the case where a package installs its own \cmd\output\ routine, so 
% there is no incompatability on that basis.
%
% Still, it is pointless to use \classname{multicol} if you are using \classname{ltxgrid},
% since both packages provide multicolumn page layouts.
% Therefore, \classname{multicol} is not supported by \classname{ltxgrid}.
%
% \subsection{ltxgrid}
% It has been pointed out that one of the disadvantages of adopting the \classname{ltxgrid} package is that 
% it does alter the \LaTeX\ kernel. 
% Any package that itself alters the \LaTeX\ kernel may be incompatible with \classname{ltxgrid}, and new packages
% (destined perhaps to become part of the successor to \LaTeXe) may break \classname{ltxgrid}.
%
% The consequence is that packages introduced in future, and future changes to \LaTeX\ may be incompatible 
% with \classname{ltxgrid}. 
% This is, of course, true.
% The development plan for \classname{ltxgrid} is that when such packages and \LaTeX\ kernel changes come about,
% the burden will be on \classname{ltxgrid} to change in a way that provides for continued compatability with
% those packages and \LaTeX\ kernel changes.
% 
%
% \section{How \classname{ltxgrid} places footnotes}
%
% In conventional multicolumn layouts, a footnote will appear at the bottom of the column in which it is called out. 
% The \classname{ltxgrid} package implements this conventional layout choice by default.
% However, other choices are possible (a la \classname{ftnright}, whose compatability with \classname{ltxgrid} has not been tested).
%
% One unusual feature of \classname{ltxgrid}'s default implementation must be mentioned, though,
% namely the case in a two-column page grid, where a footnote is followed by a temporary change to the one-column page grid
% (e.g., for a wide equation).
% In such a case, the material above the wide material is split into two columns, and a footnote whose callout 
% appears in the right-hand column will nonetheless be set at the base of the left column.
%
% This arrangement was chosen because it ensures that the footnotes at the bottom of any page will appear in 
% numerical order. It can be argued that this choice is ``incorrect'', but be that as it may,
% the \classname{ltxgrid} package does not foreclose on other arrangements for the footnotes.
% The package can be adapted to accomodate any page design desired.
%
% \section{Limitations in \classname{ltxgrid}'s default column balancing method}%
%
% In a multicolumn page grid, when encountering a page that is not completely full,
% it is customary to set the material in balanced columns (typically with the last column no longer than any of the others).
% Such a case also crops up when temporarily interrupting the multicolumn grid to set material on the full width of the page:
% the material on the page above the break is customarily set in balanced columns.
%
% An awkward case arises when we have already set one or more complete columns of type before encountering the need to 
% balance columns. In this subset of cases, the default in \classname{ltxgrid} is to 
% do an operation I call ``re-balancing'':
% the material on the page so far is pasted back together into a single column, and new, balanced column breaks are
% calculated.
%
% This scheme typically works fine, but it has a significant vulnerability:
% any discardable items trimmed at the original column break are lost, never to be retrieved.
% Consequently, after re-balancing, an element like, say, a section head can fail to have the correct amount of whitespace above.
%
% This problem is due to an unfortunate optimization in \TeX, wherein a certain class of nodes is trimmed from the 
% top of main vertical list upon returning from the output routine:
% any penalty, glue, or leader node falls in to this class of discardable nodes,
% and trimming proceeds until a non-discardable node (such as a box, or rule) is encountered.
% It gets better: a third class of nodes is transparent to this trimming process;
% they are neither discarded nor do they halt the process of trimming:
% mark nodes and all whatsits fall into this class of transparent nodes;
% they are quietly passed over during trimming.
%
% An alternative approach for \TeX\ to take would have been, 
% rather than discarding the node entirely, to simply \emph{mark} it as discarded.
% (Implementors of extended \TeX, please note!)
% Then, upon shipping out, such nodes would not make it into the DVI.
% \TeX's optimization, driven by the small computer architectures current when it was developed,
% does save mem, but at the cost of revisiting page breaks in a reliable way.
%
% FIXME: how to fix a column break in the above case? Widetext?
%
%\StopEventually{}
%
% \section{Implementation of package}
%
% Special acknowledgment: this package uses concepts pioneered
% and first realized by William Baxter (mailto:web at superscript.com)
% in his SuperScript line of commercial typesetting tools, and
% which are used here with his permission. His thorough understanding
% of \TeX's output routine underpins the entire \classname{ltxgrid}
% package.
%
% \subsection{Beginning of the \file{ltxgrid} {\sc docstrip} module}
% Requires the underpinnings of the \classname{ltxkrnext} package.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
\def\package@name{ltxgrid}%
\expandafter\PackageInfo\expandafter{\package@name}{%
 Page grid for \protect\LaTeXe,
 by A. Ogawa (arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net)%
}%
\RequirePackage{ltxutil}%
%</package>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Banner}%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Sundry}%
% Here are assorted macro definitions.
% \begin{macro}{\lineloop}
% \begin{macro}{\linefoot}
% The (document-level) command \cmd\lineloop\ sets numbered lines until the 
% specified count is reached. 
% The command \cmd\linefoot\ sets a single, automatically numbered line, but with a footnote (with the specified label);
% it automatically increments the line counter.
% These commands are typically used to construct test documents. 
%
% Because the counter is globally advanced and never reset, successive 
% calls to \cmd\lineloop\ should have an argument ever larger.
% The formatted output will have each line labeled with its ordinal number.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{linecount}
\def\loop@line#1#2{%
 \par
 \hb@xt@\hsize{%
  \global\advance#1\@ne
  \edef\@tempa{\@ifnum{100>#1}{0}{}\@ifnum{10>#1}{0}{}\number#1}%
  \@tempa\edef\@tempa{\special{line:\@tempa}}\@tempa
  \vrule depth2.5\p@#2\leaders\hrule\hfil
 }%
}%
\def\lineloop#1{%
 \loopwhile{\loop@line\c@linecount{}\@ifnum{#1>\c@linecount}}%
}%
\def\linefoot#1{%
 \loop@line\c@linecount{%
  \footnote{%
   #1\special{foot:#1}\vrule depth2.5\p@\leaders\hrule\hfill
  }%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Mark Components}%
%
% Override LaTeX's mark macros to allow more components.
%
% We remain bound by the weakness of LaTeX's scheme in that
% one cannot emulate the action of \TeX\ whereby
% material with marks can be inserted in the middle of
% a vertical list such that the marks are reliably calculated.
% If we did that, \cmd\@themark\ would no longer be utilized.
%
% A more robust scheme involves placing all marks (component and value)
% into a list (using global scoping, i.e., \cmd\gdef),
% and using \cmd\@@mark to place an index on that list into the MVL.
% Then, e.g., \cmd\@@botmark signifies the place where that list is to be cut,
% and the \cmd\botmark\ of any component is
% the value of the last element of the cut
% list having the given component. The \cmd\firstmark\ and \cmd\topmark\
% can likewise be defined relative to \cmd\@@firstmark\ and \cmd\@@topmark,
% except in the latter case, we want the first following the cut instead of the last
% preceding the cut.
%
% The limitation of this scheme is its demands upon \TeX's mem.
% The list of marks would need to be trimmed back to, effectively,
% \cmd\topmark\ at the beginning of every page.
% 
% This approach is not yet part of the extended LaTeX kernel.
%
% \begin{macro}{\@@mark}
% \begin{macro}{\@@topmark}
% \begin{macro}{\@@firstmark}
% \begin{macro}{\@@botmark}
% \begin{macro}{\@@splitfirstmark}
% \begin{macro}{\@@splitbotmark}
% Remember primitives under a new set of names.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\@@mark\mark
\let\@@topmark\topmark
\let\@@firstmark\firstmark
\let\@@botmark\botmark
\let\@@splitfirstmark\splitfirstmark
\let\@@splitbotmark\splitbotmark
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Procedures that expose the component data structure}%
% This portion of the code exposes the internal representation of 
% the mark components. If we wish to add more components, we will have to revise
% these macro definitions:
% \cmd\@themark,
% \cmd\nul@mark,
% \cmd\set@mark@netw@,
% \cmd\set@marktw@,
% \cmd\set@markthr@@,
% \cmd\get@mark@@ne,
% \cmd\get@mark@tw@,
% \cmd\get@mark@thr@@,
% \cmd\get@mark@f@ur.
%
% \begin{macro}{\@themark}
%FIXME: is it safer to eliminate \cmd\@themark\ in favor of a message that evaluates \cmd\@@botmark?
%
% Note: these definitions expose the data structure of mark components.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@themark{{}{}{}{}}%
\def\nul@mark{{}{}{}{}\@@nul}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\set@mark@netw@}
% \begin{macro}{\set@marktw@}
% \begin{macro}{\set@markthr@@}
% These procedures insert the new value of a particular mark component into the given argument.
% They expose the data structure of mark components.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\set@mark@netw@#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\gdef#1{{#6}{#7}{#4}{#5}}\do@mark}%
\def\set@marktw@#1#2#3#4#5#6{\gdef#1{{#2}{#6}{#4}{#5}}\do@mark}%
\def\set@markthr@@#1#2#3#4#5#6{\gdef#1{{#2}{#3}{#6}{#5}}\do@mark}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\get@mark@@ne}
% \begin{macro}{\get@mark@tw@}
% \begin{macro}{\get@mark@thr@@}
% \begin{macro}{\get@mark@f@ur}
% These procedures retreive the value of a particular mark component.
% They expose the data structure of mark components.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\get@mark@@ne#1#2#3#4#5\@@nul{#1}%
\def\get@mark@tw@#1#2#3#4#5\@@nul{#2}%
\def\get@mark@thr@@#1#2#3#4#5\@@nul{#3}%
\def\get@mark@f@ur#1#2#3#4#5\@@nul{#4}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Procedures that do not expose the component data structure}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\mark@netw@}
% \begin{macro}{\marktw@}
% \begin{macro}{\markthr@@}
% These procedures insert the new value of a particular mark component into \cmd\@themark,
% then execute \cmd\do@mark. 
% They constitute the implementation layer for mark components one, two, and three.
% An analogous procedure for component four could be defined; call it \cmd\markf@ur.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\mark@netw@{\expandafter\set@mark@netw@\expandafter\@themark\@themark}%
\def\marktw@{\expandafter\set@marktw@\expandafter\@themark\@themark}%
\def\markthr@@{\expandafter\set@markthr@@\expandafter\@themark\@themark}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\do@mark}
% \begin{macro}{\do@@mark}
% Access procedures \cmd\mark (AKA \cmd\@@mark).
% The \cmd\do@mark\ procedure is used when a mark is being put down into the MVL;
% \cmd\do@@mark\ when this happens in the output routine.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\do@mark{\do@@mark\@themark\nobreak@mark}%
\def\do@@mark#1{%
 \begingroup
  \let@mark
  \@@mark{#1}%
 \endgroup
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\let@mark}
% \begin{macro}{\nobreak@mark}%
% The procedure that makes \cmd\csname s robust within a mark.
% Use \cmd\appdef\ and \cmd\robust@\ to extend the list.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\let@mark{%
 \let\protect\@unexpandable@protect
 \let\label\relax
 \let\index\relax
 \let\glossary\relax
}%
\def\nobreak@mark{%
 \@if@sw\if@nobreak\fi{\@ifvmode{\nobreak}{}}{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Using mark components}%
%
% These procedures use the component mark mechanism to implement
% a mark component that remembers the current environment (used in page makeup)
% and the the two mark components left over from the original \LaTeX.
% The fourth component is presently unused.
%
% \begin{macro}{\mark@envir}
% The third mark component's access procedures.
% The \cmd\mark@envir\ and \cmd\bot@envir\ commands are a good model of how to write 
% access procedures for a new mark component.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\mark@envir{\markthr@@}%
\def\bot@envir{%
 \expandafter\expandafter
 \expandafter\get@mark@thr@@
 \expandafter\@@botmark
             \nul@mark
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\markboth}
% \begin{macro}{\markright}
% \begin{macro}{\leftmark}
% \begin{macro}{\rightmark}
% Set procedures for legacy components.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\markboth{\mark@netw@}%
\def\markright{\marktw@}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Retrieval procedures for legacy mark components.
% The procedure for retrieving the first component from \cmd\botmark\ 
% and the second component from \cmd\firstmark have names in \LaTeX;
% they are called, respectively, \cmd\leftmark\ and \cmd\rightmark.
%
% It is possible to retrieve the components of \cmd\topmark\
% as well: use \cmd\saved@@topmark.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\leftmark{%
 \expandafter\expandafter
 \expandafter\get@mark@@ne
 \expandafter\saved@@botmark
             \nul@mark
}%
\def\rightmark{%
 \expandafter\expandafter
 \expandafter\get@mark@tw@
 \expandafter\saved@@firstmark
             \nul@mark
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
%
% \subsection{Output Super-routine}%
%
% We want to change \LaTeX's output routine, but do not wish to remain vulnerable
% to interference from such ``required'' packages as
% \classname{multicol} (authored by Frank Mittelbach)
% and \classname{longtable} (authored by David P. Carlisle), which 
% swap in their own output routines when the respective package is active.
%
% The better mechanism, used here, is due to William Baxter (web at superscript.com),
% who has allowed his several ideas to be used in this package.
%
% In what follows, we effectively wrap up the old \LaTeX\ output routine inside
% a new, more flexible ``super routine''. When the output routine is called,
% the ``super routine'' acts as a dispatcher. If the old routine is needed, it is called.
%
% If a package attempts to substitute in their own output routine, they will effectively
% be modifying a token register by the name of \cmd\output.
% The primitive \cmd\output\ is now known by a different name, which should no longer be
% necessary to use.
%
% Usage note: to make a visit to the output routine employing the dispatcher, enter
% with a value of \cmd\outputpenalty\ that corresponds to a macro. Defining as follows:
%\begin{verbatim}
%\@namedef{output@10000}{<your code here>}%
%\end{verbatim}
% by convention, your output routine should void out \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv.
%
% In rewriting \LaTeX's output dispatcher
% in a much simpler form, we also avoid the sin of multiple \cmd\shipout s
% within a single visit to the output routine.
%
% Conceptually, we divide visits to the output routine into two classes.
% The first involves natural page breaks
% (at a \cmd\newpage\ or when \cmd\pagetotal $>$ \cmd\pagegoal)
% and usually resulting in \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ either being shipped out or
% salted away (e.g., each column in a multicolumn layout).
% We might call this class the ``natural output routines''; the \cmd\outputpenalty\
% will never be less than $-10000$.
% Furthermore, we ensure that \cmd\holdinginserts\ is cleared when 
% calling such routines.
%
% The other class involves a forced visit to the output routine
% via a large negative penalty ($< -10000$). They do not generally
% result in a \cmd\shipout\ of \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv: they may be dead cycles.
% We provide a mechanism (call it a ``one-off'' output routine) that allows
% us to specify certain processing to be done when \TeX\ reaches
% the current position on the page.
%
% One-off output routines themselves fall into two divisions, ones
% that process \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv, and ones that work on the main vertical list (MVL).
% The former are typified by changes to the page grid, perhaps
% even column balancing.
% The latter involve the insertion of penalties or glue and the processing of floats.
% 
% The natural output routine is a single procedure. We have not introduced multiple
% natural output routines based on the \cmd\outputpenalty\ because \TeX\ does not
% support such a thing: \TeX\ sometimes lays down a penalty whose value is the sum 
% of other penalties. Because of this, we cannot depend on the value of \cmd\outputpenalty\
% in such areas.
%
% We do introduce flexibility in the form of a mechanism for patching into the
% natural output routine. Three hooks are offered, allowing a procedure
% to prepare for the upcoming visit to the output routine,
% access to \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv, and after doing \cmd\shipout\ (or otherwise 
% committing the material to the page).
%
% Environments, commands, and even packages can install their
% own procedures into these hooks.
% For instance, if the longtable package is loaded, it will install
% its procedures, but those procedures will punt if the page break 
% being processed does not actually fall within a longtable environment.
%
% \begin{macro}{\primitive@output}
% Here we remember the \TeX\ primitive \cmd\output\ and its value,
% and then proceed to take over the \cmd\csname\ of \cmd\output,
% making it a \cmd\toks\ register and installing the old value of
% the output routine.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\primitive@output\output
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\output@latex}
% \begin{macro}{\output}
% Grab the tokens in \cmd\the\cmd\output\ (but without the extra set of braces).
% The value of \cmd\toks@\ must remain untouched until loaded into the appropriate token 
% register; this is done a few lines below.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\@tempa#1\@@nil{#1}%
            \toks@
\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter{%
\expandafter \@tempa
             \the\primitive@output
             \@@nil
             }%
\newtoks\output@latex
\output@latex\expandafter{\the\toks@}%
\let\output\output@latex
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% A comment on compatibility with other packages that co-opt the output routine.
%
% Somewhere on the LaTeX-L list, David Kastrup has urged macro  writers to take over 
% the output routine in such a way that others can do likewise. How is this to be 
% accomplished?
%
% Consider what the \classname{lineno} package does when it loads.
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item
%  It does \cmd\let\ cmd\@tempa\ \cmd\output. 
%  This has the effect of identifying \cmd\@tempa\ with the 
%  \cmd\toks\ register we created above to hold the old output routine of \LaTeX.
%  Let us say that was \cmd\toks14. 
% \item
%  \classname{lineno} itself effectively does \cmd\newtoks\ \cmd\@LN@output, 
%  which assigns that \cmd\csname\ to \cmd\toks 15.
% \item
%  It loads \cmd\@LN@output\ with the contents of \cmd\@tempa 
%  (that is, \cmd\toks14, our copy of \LaTeX's output routine).
% \item
%  Then it loads \cmd\@tempa\ with its own desired procedure, 
%  to be executed at \cmd\output\ time, thereby taking over what it thinks is the output routine,
%  but which is in reality the procedure \revtex\ executes when it wants to pass control
%  to \LaTeX's original output routine.
% \item
%  It then does \cmd\let\ \cmd\output\ \cmd\@LN@output, 
%  which now identifies \cmd\output\ with \cmd\toks15, the output routine of \classname{lineno}.
% \item
%  When the \cmd\output\ routine is triggered, 
%  the primitive output routine \cmd\primitive@output\ is executed, and if 
%  appropriate, control is passed to \cmd\output@latex, which \revtex\ had loaded with the old
%  \LaTeX\ output routine, but which is presently loaded with that of \classname{lineno}.
% \item
%  The output routine of \classname{lineno} is executed, and if appropriate control is passed
%  to \cmd\@LN@output, the old output routine of \LaTeX.
% \item
%  Furthermore, the \cmd\csname\ \cmd\output\ now points to \cmd\@LN@output\ (\cmd\toks15).
%  This means that someone coming in after \classname{lineno} to take over the output routine
%  will actually get executed after that of \classname{lineno}, but before \LaTeX.
% \end{enumerate}
% As you can see, the process of taking over the output routine may continue until all of the 
% \cmd\toks\ registers have been allocated. 
% If, say, \classname{newpackage} would itself like to take over the output routine,
% and if it uses the above set of steps, then when the output routine is triggered, the order
% of execution is \revtex, then \classname{lineno}, then \classname{newpackage}, then \LaTeX.
% Each new package inserts itself on front of \LaTeX.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\dispatch@output}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{(AO, 456) Compatibility with other packages that override the output routine, following suggestion by David Kastrup.}
% We now install our own output routine in place of the original 
% output routine of \LaTeX, which is still available as \cmd\the\ \cmd\output.
%
% The output routine is simply the procedure \cmd\dispatch@output.
% It either dispatches to a procedure based on a particular value of
% \cmd\outputpenalty\ or it executes \cmd\the\cmd\output@latex\ tokens.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\primitive@output{\dispatch@output}%
\def\dispatch@output{%
 \let\par\@@par
%    \end{macrocode}
% Try to interpret \cmd\outputpenalty\ as a dispatcher to a message handler, 
% its value is, e.g., \cmd\do@startpage@pen.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \expandafter\let\expandafter\output@procedure\csname output@\the\outputpenalty\endcsname
%    \end{macrocode}
% If we have failed to find a dispatcher, then settle for \cmd\output@latex.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \@ifnotrelax\output@procedure{}{%
  \expandafter\def\expandafter\output@procedure\expandafter{\the\output@latex}%
 }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now test if the dispatcher is the special case of \cmd\execute@message@pen, in which case execute the \cmd\@message@saved.
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \expandafter\@ifx\expandafter{\csname output@-\the\execute@message@pen\endcsname\output@procedure}{%
  \let\output@procedure\@message@saved
 }{}%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\dispatch@output}\say\output@procedure\saythe\holdinginserts}{}%
 \outputdebug@sw{\output@debug}{}%
 \output@procedure
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\set@output@procedure#1#2{%
 \count@\outputpenalty\advance\count@-#2%
 \expandafter\let\expandafter#1\csname output@\the\count@\endcsname
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
% The following procedure is executed at the beginning of each visit to the output routine, 
% contingent on the level of diagnostics specified. 
% However, it bails out when the visit is part of a tight sequence of visits to the output routine. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\output@debug{%
 \def\@tempa{\save@message}%
 \@ifx{\output@procedure\@tempa}{%
  \true@sw
 }{%
  \@ifnum{\outputpenalty=-\save@column@insert@pen}{%
   \@ifnum{\holdinginserts>\z@}%
  }{%
   \false@sw
  }%
 }%
 {}{\output@debug@}%
}%
\def\output@debug@{%
%<ignore> 	\saythe\inputlineno
 	\saythe\outputpenalty
 	\saythe\interlinepenalty
 	\saythe\brokenpenalty
 	\saythe\clubpenalty
 	\saythe\widowpenalty
 	\saythe\displaywidowpenalty
 	\saythe\predisplaypenalty
 	\saythe\interdisplaylinepenalty
 	\saythe\postdisplaypenalty
 	\saythe\badness
 	\say\thepagegrid
 	\saythe\pagegrid@col
 	\saythe\pagegrid@cur
%<ignore>  \say\bot@envir
 	\saythe\insertpenalties
%<ignore>  \say\@@topmark
%<ignore>  \say\saved@@topmark
%<ignore>  \say\@@firstmark
%<ignore>  \say\saved@@firstmark
 	\say\@@botmark
%<ignore>  \say\saved@@botmark
 	\saythe\pagegoal
 	\saythe\pagetotal
 	\saythe{\badness\@cclv}%
 	\say\@toplist
 	\say\@botlist
 	\say\@dbltoplist
 	\say\@deferlist
 	\trace@scroll{%
 		\showbox\@cclv
 		\showbox\@cclv@saved
 		\showbox\pagesofar
%    \end{macrocode}
% Klootch! The following line provides only for two-column page grid; if debugging more columns, you must
% add more statements here. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
 		\showbox\csname col@1\endcsname
 		\showbox\footsofar
 		\showbox\footins
 		\showbox\footins@saved
 		\showlists
 	}%
}%
\@ifxundefined{\outputdebug@sw}{%
 \@booleanfalse\outputdebug@sw
}{}%
\def\trace@scroll#1{\begingroup\showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen\scrollmode#1\endgroup}%
\def\trace@box#1{\trace@scroll{\showbox#1}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@outputpage}
% \begin{macro}{\@outputpage@head}
% \begin{macro}{\@outputpage@tail}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Procedure \cs{@outputpage@tail} tailpatches \cs{@outputpage}}%
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Procedure \cs{@outputpage@head} headpatches \cs{@outputpage}}%
% The procedure \cmd\@outputpage\ of standard \LaTeX\ is the sole place where a \cmd\shipout\ is carried out.
% The procedures that build \cmd\@outputbox\ just before a page is shipped out by \cmd\@outputpage\ are:
% \cmd\@makecolumn,
% \cmd\@combinepage, and
% \cmd\@combinedblfloats.
%
% We need to head- and tailpatch this procedure, so we perform here
% the only modifications to that procedure that are essential.
% Elsewhere, we will build up the meanings of \cmd\@outputpage@head\ and \cmd\@outputpage@tail.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\prepdef\@outputpage{\@outputpage@head}%
\let\@outputpage@head\@empty
\appdef\@outputpage{\@outputpage@tail}%
\let\@outputpage@tail\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\show@box@size}
% \begin{macro}{\show@text@box@size}
% \begin{macro}{\show@pagesofar@size}
% \begin{macro}{\show@box@size@sw}
% \begin{macro}{\total@text}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{(AO, 452) Support length checking: show size of shipped out text.}
% Procedure \cmd\show@box@size\ is a diagnostic for the sizes of boxes;
% the boolean \cmd\show@box@size@sw\ turns it on and off.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\show@box@size#1#2{%
 \show@box@size@sw{%
  \begingroup
   \setbox\z@\vbox{\unvcopy#2\hrule}%
   \class@info{Show box size: #1^^J%
    (\the\ht\z@\space X \the\wd\z@) 
    \the\c@page\space\space\the\pagegrid@cur\space\the\pagegrid@col
   }%
  \endgroup
 }{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Procedure \cmd\show@text@box@size\ tallies the size of the indicated column.
% If \cmd\box\ \cmd\pagesofar\ is a factor, then its height has been memorized
% in the depth of the tally box.
% 
% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/10}{(AO, 518) Tally register overflow when locument is long}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\show@text@box@size{%
 \show@box@size{Text column}\@outputbox
 \tally@box@size@sw{%
  \@ifdim{\wd\@outputbox>\z@}{%
   \dimen@\ht\@outputbox\divide\dimen@\@twopowerfourteen
   \advance\dimen@-\dp\csname box@size@\the\pagegrid@col\endcsname
   \@ifdim{\dimen@>\z@}{%
    \advance\dimen@ \ht\csname box@size@\the\pagegrid@col\endcsname
    \global\ht\csname box@size@\the\pagegrid@col\endcsname\dimen@
    \show@box@size@sw{%
     \class@info{Column: \the\dimen@}%
    }{}%
   }{}%
  }{}%
  \global\dp\csname box@size@\the\pagegrid@col\endcsname\z@
 }{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Take the height of \cmd\box\ \cmd\pagesofar\ into account.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\show@pagesofar@size{%
 \show@box@size{Page so far}\pagesofar
 \dimen@\ht\pagesofar\divide\dimen@\@twopowerfourteen
 \global\dp\csname box@size@1\endcsname\dimen@
 \show@box@size@sw{%
  \class@info{Pagesofar: \the\dimen@}%
 }{}%
}%
\@booleanfalse\tally@box@size@sw
\@booleanfalse\show@box@size@sw
\expandafter\newbox\csname box@size@1\endcsname
\expandafter\setbox\csname box@size@1\endcsname\hbox{}%
\expandafter\newbox\csname box@size@2\endcsname
\expandafter\setbox\csname box@size@2\endcsname\hbox{}%
\def\total@text{%
 \@tempdima\the\ht\csname box@size@2\endcsname\divide\@tempdima\@twopowertwo\@tempcnta\@tempdima
 \@tempdimb\the\ht\csname box@size@1\endcsname\divide\@tempdimb\@twopowertwo\@tempcntb\@tempdimb
 \class@info{Total text: Column(\the\@tempcnta pt), Page(\the\@tempcntb pt)}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Further thoughts about inserts}
%
% The only safe way to deal with inserts is to either set \cmd\holdininserts\ or
% to commit to using whatever insert comes your way: you cannot change your mind
% once you see a non-void \cmd\box\cmd\footins, say.
%
% Therefore all output routine processing must proceed with \cmd\holdinginserts\ set
% until you are sure of the material to be committed to the page. At that point, you
% can clear \cmd\holdinginserts, spew \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv, put down the appropriate penalty, 
% and exit, with the knowledge that \TeX\ will re-find the same pagebreak, this time 
% visiting the output routine with everything, including inserts, in their proper 
% place.
% This technique applies to split elements (screens, longtable, index) as well as to 
% manufactured pages (float pages and clearpage pages). 
%
% Therefore, the output routine must not make assumptions about whether \cmd\holdinginserts\
% should be cleared; instead this must be left to the one-off output routines or the natural output routine.
%
% If we are manufacturing pages (``float page processing''), and if \cmd\pagegoal\ is not equal to
% \cmd\vsize, then inserts are at hand, and our criterion should take into account the insert
% material, even though we cannot measure its height based on the size of \cmd\box\cmd\footins\
% (because \cmd\holdinginserts\ is set, you see).
%
% It would be better to take the complement of \cmd\floatpagefraction\ and use that
% as a standard for the looseness of the page. Since \cmd\pagegoal\ reflects the inserted material,
% the criterion becomes the difference of the aggregate height of the floats and the \cmd\pagegoal\
% versus this "page looseness" standard.
%
% As a check, consider what happens if we bail out: \cmd\@deferlist\ has never been touched, so it 
% requires no attention. Also, \cmd\holdinginserts\ has never been cleared, so inserts require
% no attention. So we only have to ensure that marks are preserved, which is already taken
% care of by the message handler mechanism.
%
% If we are doing ordinary page cutting, then the scheme would be to detect whether we are within
% a screen (or longtable as may be), do the adjustment to the page height, and return, but this time
% with \cmd\holdinginserts\ cleared. Upon reentering the output routine, we may or may not be within
% the screen environment, but we are now sure to have a final page break, and we can commit this
% material (by shipping out or by saving it out as a full column).
%
% In the above, the first of the two visits to the output routine is a dead cycle and requires
% propagation of marks, but nothing else.
%
% \subsection{The difference between inserts and floats}
%
% While revisiting this package in 2008, I needed to clarify under what circumstances inserts
% would be added to the \cmd\pagesofar. My conclusion is that I had been treating them
% exactly the same as floats, but that was a mistake. 
%
% Floats can be committed at the top of a column, in the middle, or at the bottom. 
% Footnotes (the only \cmd\insert\ that is used in \LaTeX) may only be committed at the bottom
% of a column. So, it was necessary to provide two versions of \cmd\@combinepage, one 
% that committed \cmd\insert s, and the other that did not, the former used only when 
% a column of text was committed. Note that even after a column is committed, we could change our minds:
% for instance if in multicolumn grid and we decide to balance the columns. 
%
%
% \subsection{The natural output routine}
%
% Here is the portion of the output routine that fields cases not handled by
% the dispatcher. 
%
% The default is to ship out a page and then look around for more material
% that might constitute a ``float page''. However, because \cmd\holdinginserts\
% is normally set, this output routine must first have a dead cycle and
% come back again with \cmd\holdinginserts\ cleared.
% Then, after shipping out, it puts down a message that 
% will manufacture zero or more float pages, finally terminating
% with a procedure that commits floats to a new unfinished page.
%
% To accomodate special processing, we execute hooks whose name is based
% on the value of the "envir" mark component. The default is "document",
% ensured by an initial mark of that value; the associated procedures
% are all nil. Any unknown envir value will "\cmd\relax\ out".
%
% The test made by \cmd\toggle@insert\ tells whether we are on our first visit to
% the output routine (with \cmd\holdinginserts\ still positive), or our second
% (with \cmd\holdinginserts\ zeroed). The output routine will toggle the setting. 
%
% The commands \cmd\hold@insertions\ and \cmd\move@insertions\ respectively
% clear and set \cmd\holdinginserts, so this procedure effectively
% clears \cmd\holdinginserts\ just long enough to pick up the insertions.
% Important: any output routine that clears \cmd\holdinginserts\
% must guarentee that it is restored on the subsequent visit to the output routine.
% Or, to put it another way, if an output routine detects that \cmd\holdinginserts\ 
% is cleared, it should take it upon itself to restore it to a positive value before exiting.
%
% The branch with \cmd\holdinginserts\ set is executed first; the other
% branch follows on practically immediately thereafter. In the first branch,
% we simply execute the appropriate hook and then execute a dead cycle.
%
% In the branch with \cmd\holdinginserts\ cleared, the procedure
% builds up the current column, which is now complete, with \cmd\@makecolumn, then
% dispatches to the shipout routine associated with the current page grid, \cmd\output@column@.
% At the end, it triggers the execution of an output routine to prepare the next column (or page).
%
% \subsection{Natural output routine}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\natural@output}
% \begin{macro}{\output}
% Here is the output routine that handles natural pagebreaks:
% we now have page that needs to be shipped out or a portion of a page that is ready to be committed to the page grid.
% Processing is of necessity divided into phases, \cmd\output@holding\ is executed upon first encountering the natural page-breaking point, while inserts are being held.
% The second phase, \cmd\output@moving, is set in motion by the first: here the same material (in most cases) will be processed with \cmd\holdinginserts\ cleared,
% and the insertions (e.g., footnotes) are split off into their assigned box registers. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\natural@output{\toggle@insert{\output@holding}{\output@moving}}%
\output@latex{\natural@output}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% In accordance with the scheme suggested by David Kastrup for allowing another output routine
% to slip itself into ours, we use a token register called \cmd\output. 
% However, we reserve the ability to restore things if we so desire.
% This we must do in the case of the \filename{lineno.sty} package, because its functionality
% is best served by being integrated into our own dispatcher-based output routine.
%
% To restore our own output routine, we can repeat the above assignment,
% \begin{verbatim}
%\output@latex{\natural@output}%
% \end{verbatim}
% some time before the document begins.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\output@holding}
% \begin{macro}{\@if@exceed@pagegoal}
% The procedure \cmd\output@holding\
% is our first cycle through the output routine; \cmd\holdinginserts\ is still set.
% We give the current environment a heads up
% (it is through this means that \classname{longtable} sets its running header and footer),
% then we execute a dead cycle, which should propagate marks. 
%
% One corner case that can crop up is the presence of a single unbreakable chunk whose size is larger
% than \cmd\vsize.
% Doing a dead cycle under such circumstances will not find the same breakpoint as this time
% (remember we threw in a \cmd\mark\ node).
% Instead, we attempt to remove the excess height of the material, so we can continue to propagate marks.
%
% The corner case is at hand if the natural size of \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ exceeds \cmd\pagegoal\ and
% the contents cannot be shrunk to fit.
%
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{New procedure for showing a box contents, \cs{trace@box}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\output@holding{%
 \csname output@init@\bot@envir\endcsname
 \@if@exceed@pagegoal{\unvcopy\@cclv}{%
  \setbox\z@\vbox{\unvcopy\@cclv}%
  \outputdebug@sw{\trace@box\z@}{}%
  \dimen@\ht\@cclv\advance\dimen@-\ht\z@
  \dead@cycle@repair\dimen@
 }{%
  \dead@cycle
 }%
}%
\def\@if@exceed@pagegoal#1{%
 \begingroup
  \setbox\z@\vbox{#1}%
  \dimen@\ht\z@\advance\dimen@\dp\z@
  \outputdebug@sw{\saythe\dimen@}{}%
  \@ifdim{\dimen@>\pagegoal}{%
   \setbox\z@\vbox{\@@mark{}\unvbox\z@}%
   \splittopskip\topskip
   \splitmaxdepth\maxdepth
   \vbadness\@M
   \vfuzz\maxdimen
   \setbox\tw@\vsplit\z@ to\pagegoal
   \outputdebug@sw{\trace@scroll{\showbox\tw@\showbox\z@}}{}%
   \setbox\tw@\vbox{\unvbox\tw@}%
   \@ifdim{\ht\tw@=\z@}{%
    \ltxgrid@info{Found overly large chunk while preparing to move insertions. Attempting repairs}%
    \aftergroup\true@sw
   }{%
    \aftergroup\false@sw
   }%
 }{%
  \aftergroup\false@sw
 }%
 \endgroup
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\output@moving}
% \begin{macro}{\@cclv@nontrivial@sw}
% The procedure \cmd\output@moving\ 
% is our second cycle through the output routine; \cmd\holdinginserts\ is now cleared,
% and \cmd\insert s will have been split off into their respective box registers, like \cmd\footins.
%
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item
%  Set the values of \cmd\topmark\ and \cmd\firstmark.
% \item
%  If we got here because of a \cmd\clearpage\ command, remove the protection box that this mechanism has left on the MVL.
% \item
%  If the contents of \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ are non-trivial, commit it to the current page (as a column) or ship it out, as the case may call for.
% \item
%  If not, discard it (we are at the end of \cmd\clearpage\ processing).
% \item
%  Set various values, including the available space for setting type on the next column (\cmd\@colroom).
% \end{enumerate}
%
% The processing for a non-trivial \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ are:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item
%  Execute the head procedure for the current environment.
% \item
%  Make up a column and ship it out (or commit it to the current page) via a procedure keyed to the current page grid.
% \item
%  Put down an interrupt for \cmd\do@startcolumn@pen: this will force a visit to the output routine for the 
%  purpose of committing floats to the next column.
% \item
%  Possibly put down an interrupt to continue \cmd\clearpage\ proccessing.
% \item
%  Execute the tail procedure for the current environment.
% \end{enumerate}
%
%
% The processing for a trivial \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ are:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item
%  Void out \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ and give appropriate warning messages and diagnostics.
% \item
%  Put down the same interrupts as for the non-trivial case above.
% \end{enumerate}
%
% This instance of \cmd\@makecolumn\ is followed by \cmd\output@column@, 
% that is, it builds a column for \cmd\shipout\ rather than for adding to \cmd\pagesofar. 
%
% We need to handle cases where the \cmd\output@pre@, \cmd\output@column@, or \cmd\output@post@\
% dispatchers come up \cmd\relax ed out: the default is to execute the corresponding 
% procedures from the \env{docuemnt} environment and the one-column grid respectively.
%
% One such case comes up with frequency: at the end of the document, where the \cmd\botmark\ is
% now empty.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{@makecol} to \cs{@makecolumn} with argument}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{set@colroom} to \cs{set@colht}}
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) Use procedures \cs{output@do@prep} and \cs{output@column@do} as dispatchers}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\output@moving{%
 \set@top@firstmark
 \@ifnum{\outputpenalty=\do@newpage@pen}{%
  \setbox\@cclv\vbox{%
   \unvbox\@cclv
   \remove@lastbox
   \@ifdim{\ht\z@=\ht\@protection@box}{\box\lastbox}{\unskip}%
  }%
 }{}%
 \@cclv@nontrivial@sw{%
  \expandafter\output@do@prep\csname output@prep@\bot@envir \endcsname
  \@makecolumn\true@sw
  \expandafter\output@column@do\csname output@column@\thepagegrid\endcsname
  \protect@penalty\do@startcolumn@pen
  \clearpage@sw{%
   \protect@penalty\do@endpage@pen
  }{}%
  \expandafter\let\expandafter\output@post@\csname output@post@\bot@envir \endcsname
  \outputdebug@sw{\say\output@post@}{}%
  \@ifx{\output@post@\relax}{\output@post@document}{\output@post@}%
 }{%
  \void@cclv
 }%
 \set@colht
 \global\@mparbottom\z@
 \global\@textfloatsheight\z@
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Procedure \cmd\output@do@prep\ dispatches to the proper procedure to prepare page.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\output@do@prep#1{%
 \outputdebug@sw{\class@info{Prep: \string#1}}{}%
 \@ifx{#1\relax}{\output@prep@document}{#1}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Procedure \cmd\output@column@do\ dispatches to the proper procedure to output column or page.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\output@column@do#1{%
  \outputdebug@sw{\class@info{Output column: \string#1}}{}%
  \@ifx{#1\relax}{\output@column@one}{#1}%
}%
\def\void@cclv{\begingroup\setbox\z@\box\@cclv\endgroup}%
\def\remove@lastbox{\setbox\z@\lastbox}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The procedure \cmd\@cclv@nontrivial@sw\ determines if this visit to \cmd\output@moving\
% is a trivial one, which happens at the end of \cmd\clearpage\ processing and under some pathological circumstances.
% It emits a Boolean, so it is syntactically like \cmd\true@sw, albeit does not execute solely via expansion.
%
% Note: the case where \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ is void comes up at the very beginning of the job, when 
% typesetting a (full-page-width) title block in a two-column layout.
%
% Note: the code that removes the last box and skip from the output is intended to detect the case
% where the output has whatsit nodes followed by topskip and a protection box.
% This is what happens under normal circumstances at the end of \cmd\clearpage\ processing.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{New procedure for showing a box contents, \cs{trace@box}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@cclv@nontrivial@sw{%
 \@ifx@empty\@toplist{%
  \@ifx@empty\@botlist{%
   \@ifvoid\footins{%
    \@ifvoid\@cclv{%
     \false@sw
    }{%
     \setbox\z@\vbox{\unvcopy\@cclv}%
     \@ifdim{\ht\z@=\topskip}{%
      \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup
       \unvbox\z@
       \remove@lastbox
       \dimen@\lastskip\unskip
       \@ifdim{\ht\z@=\ht\@protection@box}{%
        \advance\dimen@\ht\z@
        \@ifdim{\dimen@=\topskip}{%
         \aftergroup\true@sw
        }{%
         \aftergroup\false@sw
        }%
       }{%
        \aftergroup\false@sw
       }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% End of \cmd\box\cmd\z@.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \egroup
      {%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Normal for \clearpage
%    \begin{macrocode}
       \false@sw
      }{%
       \true@sw
      }%
     }{%
      \@ifdim{\ht\z@=\z@}{%
       \ltxgrid@info{Found trivial column. Discarding it}%
       \outputdebug@sw{\trace@box\@cclv}{}%
       \false@sw
      }{%
       \true@sw
      }%
     }%
    }%
   }{%
    \true@sw
   }%
  }{%
   \true@sw
  }%
 }{%
  \true@sw
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\protect@penalty}
% The procedure \cmd\protect@penalty\ is the utility procedure for invoking a 
% one-off output routine. Such a routine can expect to find the protection box
% above it in \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv: it should remove that box.
%
% Note that \cmd\execute@message\ does the same thing as \cmd\protect@penalty, but
% in a slightly different way.
%
% We create a specially formulated box that will be universally used when a protection box is needed.
% In this way, we can always recognize when \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ is trivial:
% it will consist of whatsits followed by \cmd\topskip\ glue and the \cmd\@protection@box.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\protect@penalty#1{\protection@box\penalty-#1\relax}%
\newbox\@protection@box
\setbox\@protection@box\vbox to1986sp{\vfil}%
\def\protection@box{\nointerlineskip\copy\@protection@box}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\dead@cycle}
% \begin{macro}{\dead@cycle@repair}
% The procedure \cmd\dead@cycle\ is defined separately as a utility which can be used by
% any output processing routine to emulate what takes place in the standard output routine.
%
% Here, we have entered the output routine with \cmd\holdinginserts\ enabled, which means that we 
% are not yet ready to ship out material, because the \cmd\insert\ registers are being held.
% We want to clear \cmd\holdinginserts\ and come back here with the same page break as before, whereupon
% we may properly proceed with page makeup.
%
% To do this, we
% propagate marks, then spew the contents of \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ followed by the 
% original output penalty that landed us here (but only if it is not 10000,
% the flag value for a pagebreak not at a penalty).
%
% However, the natural output routine should do this only if \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ is nontrivial.
% A pathological case exists wherein a box of height greater than \cmd\textheight\ would cause an infinite loop involving the output routine.
% The procedure \cmd\dead@cycle@repair, attempts to catch this case and avoid the loop.
%
% The test of the height of \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ is not the correct one, because this test will run afoul in
% the case where \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ contains nothing but an \cmd\insert\ node. What to do?
%
% It is possible that the pathological case can be detected by looking at \cmd\pagetotal. If that quantity is
% zero, then \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ really is trivial.
%
% In the procedure \cmd\dead@cycle@repair, if \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ is nontrivial, we execute \cmd\dead@cycle,
% otherwise it contains nothing but a mark, so we dispense with propagating marks
% and we simply spew out \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ without an accompanying mark.
% This has the effect of failing to propagate marks, but this problem is preferrable to the infinite loop,
% which in principle could crash even a robust operating system by filling up the file system.
%
% If a document has such a large chunk, it should be fixed, so we give a message in the log.
%
% You ask, ``In what way does this infinite loop come about?'' Good question!
%
% The setup is a chunk in the MVL that is taller than \cmd\textheight. 
% (Yes, it's that simple.)
% As soon as the previous page ships out, the MVL will contain a mark (propagated from the previous page) followed
% by that large chunk (call it the `big bad box', albeit does not need to be a single box).
% The next visit to the output routine will be a natural page break, but
% \TeX\ will select the juncture between the mark and the big bad box as the least-cost page break.
% Unless the test in \cmd\dead@cycle\ is done, the cycle is perpetuated when the macro 
% reinserts the mark.
%
% The crux matter is achieving, in a robust way, the goal of going from a \cmd\holdinginserts\ state to one
% where the insertions are moving.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\dead@cycle@repair#1{%
 \expandafter\do@@mark
 \expandafter{%
              \@@botmark
             }%
 \unvbox\@cclv
 \nointerlineskip
 \vbox to#1{\vss}%
 \@ifnum{\outputpenalty<\@M}{\penalty\outputpenalty}{}%
}%
\def\dead@cycle@repair@protected#1{%
 \expandafter\do@@mark
 \expandafter{%
              \@@botmark
             }%
 \begingroup
  \unvbox\@cclv
%    \end{macrocode}
% Remove the protection box
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \remove@lastbox
  \nointerlineskip
  \advance#1-\ht\@protection@box
  \vbox to#1{\vss}%
  \protection@box % Reinsert protection box
  \@ifnum{\outputpenalty<\@M}{\penalty\outputpenalty}{}%
 \endgroup
}%
\def\dead@cycle{%
 \expandafter\do@@mark
 \expandafter{%
              \@@botmark
             }%
 \unvbox\@cclv
 \@ifnum{\outputpenalty<\@M}{\penalty\outputpenalty}{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\output@init@document}
% \begin{macro}{\output@prep@document}
% \begin{macro}{\output@post@document}
% The default processing simply provides for insertion of held-over footnotes.
% At a natural page break, we are either at the bottom of a column or at the bottom 
% of a page. In either case, the \cmd\output@init@\ processing adjusts for the height
% of the held-over footnotes and bails out.
% Upon our return, at \cmd\output@prep@\ time, the page break will accomodate the material;
% it is now actually inserted by concatenating it with the contents of \cmd\footins.
% The default processing for \cmd\output@post@\ is nil.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Box \cs{footbox} changed to box \cs{footsofar}}
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\output@init@document{%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\output@init@document}}{}%
 \global\vsize\vsize
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% QUERY: the following procedure is very like \cmd\combine@foot@inserts. Should it be the same?
% Answer: no, the two differ: this procedure makes a local assignment of \cmd\footins;
% the latter makes a global assignment of \cmd\footsofar.
%
% Note: In a multicolumn document, footnotes must \emph{not} be balanced at this point.
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\output@prep@document{%
 \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\class@info{\string\output@prep@document}\trace@scroll{\showbox\footins\showbox\footsofar}}{}%
 \@ifvoid\footsofar{%
 }{%
  \global\setbox\footins\vbox\bgroup
   \unvbox\footsofar
   \@ifvoid\footins{}{%
    \marry@baselines
    \unvbox\footins
   }%
  \egroup
  \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\trace@box\footins}{}%
 }%
}%
\def\output@post@document{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@opcol}
% The standard \LaTeX\ procedure \cmd\@opcol\ is now completely obsoleted.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\@opcol\@undefined
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@makecolumn}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{@makecol} to \cs{@makecolumn} with argument}
% The procedure \cmd\@makecolumn\ packages up a page along with all its insertions and floats.
% Therefore it is essential that it be executed with \cmd\holdininserts\ cleared.
%
% Note that there is a corner case when in a multi-column grid, where the change back to 
% one-column grid occurs just after a complete page ships out. We want to detect when
% \cmd\@cclv\ contains nothing but a \cmd\mark, but this is a \TeX\ impossibility.
%
% Note on \cmd\@kludgeins: we have removed this mechanism from \LaTeX, because the implementation 
% of \cmd\enlargethispage\ no longer requires it. 
% Here, for consistency sake, we remove \cmd\@makespecialcolbox.
% 
% The argument of \cmd\@makecolumn\ is a Boolean and determines if we combine the footnote material
% into the present column. If the procedure is building a column for shipping out, then we will
% combine the footnote material, if not, we return with the \cmd\footins\ box unchanged.
%
% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/14}{(AO, 519) \cs{footins} content must be preserved and reintegrated}
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) coding convention: use \cs{bgroup}, \cs{egroup} (instead of braces) when a box is being built}%
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) change calling sequence of \cs{combine@foot@inserts} to expose box registers}%
% I changed the behavior of this procedure in the case where the argument is \cmd\false@sw:
% send the unused footnote material to \cmd\footsofar.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@makecolumn#1{%
 \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\class@info{\string\@makecolumn\string#1}}{}%
 \setbox\@outputbox\vbox\bgroup
  \boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth
  \@tempdima\dp\@cclv
  \unvbox\@cclv
  \vskip-\@tempdima
 \egroup
 \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@midlist}\global\let\@midlist\@empty
 \show@text@box@size
 \@combinefloats
 #1{%
  \@combineinserts\@outputbox\footins
 }{%
  \combine@foot@inserts\footsofar\footins
 }%
 \set@adj@colht\dimen@
 \count@\vbadness
 \vbadness\@M
 \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\dimen@\bgroup
  \@texttop
  \dimen@\dp\@outputbox
  \unvbox\@outputbox
  \vskip-\dimen@
  \@textbottom
 \egroup
 \vbadness\count@
 \global\maxdepth\@maxdepth
}%
\let\@makespecialcolbox\@undefined
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@combineinserts}
% The procedure to add the specified insertions to the packaged-up page. 
% All other classes of insertions should also be dealt with at this time. 
%
% Note that the second argument must be a \cmd\newinsert\ register: we access the \cmd\box\ along with the \cmd\skip.
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) coding convention: use \cs{bgroup}, \cs{egroup} (instead of braces) when a box is being built}%
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) footnote rule is leaders, so that it may be removed by \cs{vsplit}; mechanism of \cs{kern} signals to indicate footnote height}%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@combineinserts#1#2{%
 \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\class@info{\string\@combineinserts\string#1\string#2}\trace@box#2}{}%
 \setbox#1\vbox\bgroup
  \unvbox#1%
  \@ifvoid{#2}{}{%
   \dimen@\ht#2\advance\dimen@\dp#2\advance\dimen@\skip#2%
   \show@box@size{Combining inserts}#2%
   \vskip\skip#2%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The footnote rule is created as leaders, so that it may be removed automatically (via \cmd\vsplit) 
% in the event the footnote is recovered from this column. 
% Note that if \cmd\color@begingroup\ or \cmd\normalcolor\ produce marks, this technique will be confounded. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \setbox\z@\vbox{\footnoterule}\dimen@i\ht\z@
   \color@begingroup
   \normalcolor
   \cleaders\box\z@\vskip\dimen@i\kern-\dimen@i
   \csname combine@insert@\the\pagegrid@col\endcsname#2%
   \color@endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following tells \cmd\recover@column\ the size of the footnotes added here, including the skip glue above. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \kern-\dimen@\kern\dimen@
  }%
 \egroup
 \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\trace@box#1}{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% We provide for a layer of abstraction for the laying down of footnotes at the bottom of this column or page. 
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\combine@insert@tw@}
% \begin{macro}{\combine@insert@@ne}
% \begin{macro}{\twocolumn@grid@setup}
% \begin{macro}{\onecolumn@grid@setup}
% \begin{macro}{\columngrid@setup}
% \changes{4.1p}{2010/02/24}{(AO, 583) Provide setup code also for footnotes in a one-column document}%
% The following two definitions cover the cases of a two-column document (with footnotes set on a single-column width),
% and a one-column document.
% However, the case of a two-column document with footnotes set on full text width is not covered. 
% 
% For a document in an overall two-column page grid, execute the commands
% \cmd\twocolumn@grid@setup\ followed by \cmd\open@twocolumn;
% if on the full page width (one-column grid), the command \cmd\onecolumn@grid@setup. 
%
% The following is the way REVTeX does the initialization.
% The procedure \cmd\select@column@grid\ is executed at \cmd\AtBeginDocument\ time;
% the boolean \cmd\twocolumn@sw\ selects between the two alternatives.
% \begin{verbatim}
%\def\select@column@grid{%
% \twocolumn@sw{%
%  \twocolumn@grid@setup
%  \open@twocolumn
% }{%
%  \onecolumn@grid@setup
% }%
%}%
%\appdef\class@documenthook{%
% \select@column@grid
%}%
% \end{verbatim}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\combine@insert@tw@#1{%
 \compose@footnotes@two#1\@ifvbox{#1}{\unvbox}{\box}#1%
}%
\def\combine@insert@@ne#1{%
 \compose@footnotes@one#1\@ifvbox{#1}{\unvbox}{\box}#1%
}%
\def\twocolumn@grid@setup{%
 \expandafter\let\csname combine@insert@1\endcsname\combine@insert@tw@
 \expandafter\let\csname combine@insert@2\endcsname\combine@insert@@ne
}%
\def\onecolumn@grid@setup{%
 \expandafter\let\csname combine@insert@1\endcsname\combine@insert@@ne
 \expandafter\let\csname combine@insert@2\endcsname\combine@insert@@ne
}%
\let\columngrid@setup\onecolumn@grid@setup
\columngrid@setup
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@floatplacement}
% In standard \LaTeX, someone (DPC?) makes the assumption that \cmd\@fpmin\ can be assigned
% locally. This is no longer true now that we ship no more than one page per visit to the output routine.
% We apply a bandaid.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\appdef\@floatplacement{%
 \global\@fpmin\@fpmin
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\pagebreak@pen}
% While we are in the way of registering certain penalty values,
% let us register the smallest one that will force a visit to the output routine. 
% However, this penalty will not have an assciated macro: we wish to execute the 
% natural output routine instead.
%
% Note that this penalty is invoked by \cmd\clearpage\ and \cmd\newpage.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\mathchardef\pagebreak@pen=\@M
\expandafter\let\csname output@-\the\pagebreak@pen\endcsname\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Float placement}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\do@startcolumn@pen}
% The procedure \cmd\do@startcolumn@pen\ is executed as a one-off output routine
% just after a page is shipped out (or, in a multicolumn page grid, a column is salted away).
%
% Its job is to either generate a ``float page'' (in reality a column) for shipping out,
% or to commit deferred floats to the fresh column, concluding with a dead cycle.
% In the former case, we accomodate split footnotes and other insertions (by comparing \cmd\vsize\ and \cmd\pagegoal):
% the floats are spewed onto the page, whereupon \LaTeX's output routine will place the footnotes and ship out,
% iterating the process once again.
%
% Note that when this procedure is invoked, \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ still has within it the protection box, so we
% start by removing it. Note also that if there was a split insertion held over from the previous page, the
% insert node will be present in \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv, \emph{prior to} the protection box. For this reason, we cannot 
% just throw away that box, as we might be tempted to do. 
%
% FIXME: where else do we possibly inappropriately discard \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv?
%
% Note that, because a column or page page had previously just been completed, 
% we can assume that there is nothing of importance on the page,
% and because no message is being passed, we can preserve marks in a simple way.
%
% A Note on terminology:
% In a single-column page grid, you might expect that we would execute the procedure \cmd\do@startpage.
% But this is not so.
% \LaTeX\ has a confustion of long standing,
% in which the procedures that handle full-page width floats in a two-column page grid all have in their names
% the string `dbl', which erroneously suggests having something to do with ``double''. It does not:
% when you see `dbl', think ``full page width''.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{set@colroom} to \cs{set@colht}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\mathchardef\do@startcolumn@pen=10005
\@namedef{output@-\the\do@startcolumn@pen}{\do@startcolumn}%
\def\do@startcolumn{%
 \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv\remove@lastbox\unskip}%
 \clearpage@sw{\@clearfloatplacement}{\@floatplacement}%
 \set@colht
 \@booleanfalse\pfloat@avail@sw
 \begingroup
  \@colht\@colroom
  \@booleanfalse\float@avail@sw
  \@tryfcolumn\test@colfloat
  \float@avail@sw{\aftergroup\@booleantrue\aftergroup\pfloat@avail@sw}{}%
 \endgroup
 \fcolmade@sw{%
  \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\@outputbox\unvbox\@cclv}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now ask for a return visit, this time with insertions and all.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \outputpenalty-\pagebreak@pen
  \dead@cycle
 }{%
  \begingroup
   \let\@elt\@scolelt
   \let\reserved@b\@deferlist\global\let\@deferlist\@empty\reserved@b
  \endgroup
  \clearpage@sw{%
   \outputpenalty\@M
  }{%
   \outputpenalty\do@newpage@pen
  }%
  \dead@cycle
 }%
 \check@deferlist@stuck\do@startcolumn
 \set@vsize
}%
\def\@scolelt#1{\def\@currbox{#1}\@addtonextcol}%
\def\test@colfloat#1{%
 \csname @floatselect@sw@\thepagegrid\endcsname#1{}{\@testtrue}%
 \@if@sw\if@test\fi{}{\aftergroup\@booleantrue\aftergroup\float@avail@sw}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@addtonextcol}
% We must adjust \cmd\@addtonextcol\ to take held-over inserts into account.
% Now that all deferred floats are queued up together (in order), we must have a way of 
% differentiating them; this is done by the page grid-dependent procedure \cmd\@floatselect@sw@.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@addtonextcol{%
 \begingroup
  \@insertfalse
  \@setfloattypecounts
  \csname @floatselect@sw@\thepagegrid\endcsname\@currbox{%
   \@ifnum{\@fpstype=8 }{}{%
     \@ifnum{\@fpstype=24 }{}{%
       \@flsettextmin
       \@reqcolroom \ht\@currbox
       \advance \@reqcolroom \@textmin
       \advance \@reqcolroom \vsize % take into account split insertions
       \advance \@reqcolroom -\pagegoal
       \@ifdim{\@colroom>\@reqcolroom}{%
         \@flsetnum \@colnum
         \@ifnum{\@colnum>\z@}{%
            \@bitor\@currtype\@deferlist
            \@if@sw\if@test\fi{}{%
              \@addtotoporbot
            }%
         }{}%
       }{}%
     }%
   }%
  }{}%
  \@if@sw\if@insert\fi{}{%
    \@cons\@deferlist\@currbox
  }%
 \endgroup
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\do@startpage@pen}
% \begin{macro}{\forcefloats@sw}
% \begin{macro}{\@output@combined@page}
% \begin{macro}{\@sdblcolelt}
% \begin{macro}{\test@dblfloat}
% \begin{macro}{\@if@notdblfloat}
% Similar to \cmd\do@startcolumn,
% the procedure \cmd\do@startpage\ starts up a new page (not column) in a multi-column page grid. 
% It is invoked after a page is shipped out in a multi-column page grid, and
% it commits full-page-width floats to the fresh page, possibly resulting in a float page.
% In implementation, it is similar to \cmd\do@startcolumn, except that
% it commits effectively via \cmd\@addtodblcol\ instead of \cmd\@addtonextcol.
% Note that this procedure will inevitably be followed by \cmd\do@startcolumn.
%
% Some details of the procedure:
%
% We begin by removing the protection box from \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv, then setting the values of the
% float placement parameters appropriately, and resetting \cmd\@colht, \cmd\@colroom, and \cmd\vsize\ to base values.
%
% Next we attempt to compose a float page, a page consisting entirely of floats. If successful,
% we ship out the float page and lay down an interrupt that will send us back here for another try.
%
% If no float page is formed, we attempt to commit full-page-width floats to the text page, and return with a dead cycle.
% We are now ready to compose columns of text.
%
% Note that all floats (both column floats and full-page-width floats) move through a single queue.
% To differentiate between the two, the width of the float is compared to \cmd\textwidth.
% This comparison is encapsulated in the macro \cmd\@if@notdblfloat, which should be used whenever 
% such a determination must be made. This procedure returns a Boolean.
%
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{set@colroom} to \cs{set@colht}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\mathchardef\do@startpage@pen=10006
\@namedef{output@-\the\do@startpage@pen}{\do@startpage}%
\def\do@startpage{%
 \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv\remove@lastbox\unskip}%
 \clearpage@sw{\@clearfloatplacement}{\@dblfloatplacement}%
 \set@colht
 \@booleanfalse\pfloat@avail@sw
 \begingroup
  \@booleanfalse\float@avail@sw
  \@tryfcolumn\test@dblfloat
  \float@avail@sw{\aftergroup\@booleantrue\aftergroup\pfloat@avail@sw}{}%
 \endgroup
 \fcolmade@sw{%
  \global\setbox\pagesofar\vbox{\unvbox\pagesofar\unvbox\@outputbox}%
  \@output@combined@page
 }{%
  \begingroup
   \@booleanfalse\float@avail@sw
   \let\@elt\@sdblcolelt
   \let\reserved@b\@deferlist\global\let\@deferlist\@empty\reserved@b
  \endgroup
  \@ifdim{\@colht=\textheight}{% No luck...
   \pfloat@avail@sw{% ...but a float *was* available!
    \forcefloats@sw{%
     \ltxgrid@warn{Forced dequeueing of floats stalled}%
    }{%
     \ltxgrid@warn{Dequeueing of floats stalled}%
    }%
   }{}%
  }{}%
  \outputpenalty\@M
  \dead@cycle
 }%
 \check@deferlist@stuck\do@startpage
 \set@colht
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Procedure \cmd\@output@combined@page\ is a utility that ships out a page consisting of the
% result of \cmd\@combinepage\ and \cmd\@combinedblfloats, after which it prepares for 
% the process to repeat.
%
% It is coincidentally identical to what needs to happen with 
% a float page that has been built by \cmd\@tryfcolumn, in the multi-column page grid, 
% and also handles the case where a page needs to be shipped out when in multicolumn mode.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{New procedure \cs{@output@combined@page}}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{@combinepage} to \cs{@combinepage} with argument}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@output@combined@page{%
 \@combinepage\true@sw
 \@combinedblfloats
 \@outputpage
 \global\pagegrid@cur\@ne
 \protect@penalty\do@startpage@pen
}%
\def\@sdblcolelt#1{\def\@currbox{#1}\@addtodblcol}%
\def\test@dblfloat#1{%
 \@if@notdblfloat{#1}{\@testtrue}{}%
 \@if@sw\if@test\fi{}{\aftergroup\@booleantrue\aftergroup\float@avail@sw}%
}%
\def\@if@notdblfloat#1{\@ifdim{\wd#1<\textwidth}}%
\@booleanfalse\forcefloats@sw
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@addtodblcol}
%
% The procedure \cmd\@addtodblcol\ is called into play at the beginning of each fresh page
% and operates on each deferred float, in the hopes of placing one or more such floats
% at the top of the current page.
% 
% We alter the procedure of standard \LaTeX\ by putting failed floats into 
% \cmd\@deferlist\ instead of \cmd\@dbldeferlist. Having done so, we must have a means
% of differentiating full-page-width floats from column-width floats.
% We assume that the latter will always be narrower than \cmd\textwidth.
%
% In aid of detecting a stalled float flushing process, we set a Boolean if we encounter
% a qualified full-page-width float here. Any that qualify but fail the rest of the tests
% might still pass when reconsidered on an otherwise blank page.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@addtodblcol{%
 \begingroup
  \@if@notdblfloat{\@currbox}{%
   \false@sw
  }{%
   \@setfloattypecounts
   \@getfpsbit \tw@
   \@bitor \@currtype \@deferlist
   \@if@sw\if@test\fi{%
    \false@sw
   }{%
    \@ifodd\@tempcnta{%
     \aftergroup\@booleantrue\aftergroup\float@avail@sw
     \@flsetnum \@dbltopnum
     \@ifnum{\@dbltopnum>\z@}{%
       \@ifdim{\@dbltoproom>\ht\@currbox}{%
        \true@sw
       }{%
        \@ifnum{\@fpstype<\sixt@@n}{%
         \begingroup
          \advance \@dbltoproom \@textmin
          \@ifdim{\@dbltoproom>\ht\@currbox}{%
           \endgroup\true@sw
          }{%
           \endgroup\false@sw
          }%
        }{%
         \false@sw
        }%
       }%
     }{%
      \false@sw
     }%
    }{%
     \false@sw
    }%
   }%
  }%
  {%
   \@tempdima -\ht\@currbox
   \advance\@tempdima
    -\@ifx{\@dbltoplist\@empty}{\dbltextfloatsep}{\dblfloatsep}%
   \global \advance \@dbltoproom \@tempdima
   \global \advance \@colht \@tempdima
   \global \advance \@dbltopnum \m@ne
   \@cons \@dbltoplist \@currbox
  }{%
   \@cons \@deferlist \@currbox
  }%
 \endgroup
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@tryfcolumn}
% \begin{macro}{\@wtryfc}
% \begin{macro}{\@xtryfc}
% \begin{macro}{\@ztryfc}
% Whenever a page is shipped out, \LaTeX\ automatically tries out a float column:
% a page containing nothing but floats (and, as we have added here, split footnotes).
%
% The following four procedures employ certain macros to communicate between each other:
%
% \cmd\fcolmade@sw, a boolean, says whether we were successful in making a float column.
%
% \cmd\if@test, a \cmd\newif\ switch, says a float has failed some test.
% 
% \cmd\@deferlist, is the input to the process, a list, of deferred floats.
% 
% \cmd\@trylist, a list, stores the deferred floats to be tried out on the float column.
%
% \cmd\@failedlist, a list of floats that have failed the selection for the float column.
%
% \cmd\@flfail, a list of floats that have failed the second selection for the float column.
%
% \cmd\@flsucceed, a list, the floats that have been successfully placed on the float column.
%
% \cmd\@freelist, a list, receives any freed floats.
%
% \cmd\@colht, a dimen, the available space for the column, including column floats and insertions (footnotes).
%
% \cmd\@fpmin, a dimen, the required minimum height for the float column.
%
% \cmd\@outputbox, a box, the output of the process.
%
% \cmd\@fptop, \cmd\@fpsep, \cmd\@fpbot, glue, placed above, between, and below floats on the float column.
%
% \cmd\@currtype, a count, used temporarily for the float's bits.
%
% \cmd\@tempcnta, a count, used temporarily for the float's bits.
%
% In \cmd\@tryfcolumn, we alter the criterion for a float page, because if footnotes are present at this point
% (presumably due to a split insertion) then \cmd\@fpmin is no longer the right threshold to apply.
% 
% Note that we have changed \cmd\@tryfcolumn, \cmd\@xtryfc, and \cmd\@ztryfc\ syntactically so that the procedure
% to test for the float's being a column float versus a full-page-width float is passed in as an 
% argument.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@tryfcolumn#1{%
  \global\@booleanfalse\fcolmade@sw
  \@ifx@empty\@deferlist{}{%
    \global\let\@trylist\@deferlist
    \global\let\@failedlist\@empty
    \begingroup
      \dimen@\vsize\advance\dimen@-\pagegoal\@ifdim{\dimen@>\z@}{%
       \advance\@fpmin-\dimen@
      }{}%
      \def\@elt{\@xtryfc#1}\@trylist
    \endgroup
    \fcolmade@sw{%
      \global\setbox\@outputbox\vbox{\vskip \@fptop}%
      \let \@elt \@wtryfc \@flsucceed
      \global\setbox\@outputbox\vbox{\unvbox\@outputbox
        \unskip \vskip \@fpbot
      }%
      \let \@elt \relax
      \xdef\@deferlist{\@failedlist\@flfail}%
      \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@flsucceed}%
    }{}%
  }%
}%
\def\@wtryfc #1{%
  \global\setbox\@outputbox\vbox{\unvbox\@outputbox
    \box #1\vskip\@fpsep
  }%
}%
\def\@xtryfc#1#2{%
  \@next\reserved@a\@trylist{}{}% trim \@trylist. Ugly!
  \@currtype \count #2%
  \divide\@currtype\@xxxii\multiply\@currtype\@xxxii
  \@bitor \@currtype \@failedlist
  \@testfp #2%
  #1#2%
  \@ifdim{\ht #2>\@colht   }{\@testtrue}{}%
  \@if@sw\if@test\fi{%
   \@cons\@failedlist #2%
  }{%
   \begingroup
     \gdef\@flsucceed{\@elt #2}%
     \global\let\@flfail\@empty
     \@tempdima\ht #2%
     \def \@elt {\@ztryfc#1}\@trylist
     \@ifdim{\@tempdima >\@fpmin}{%
       \global\@booleantrue\fcolmade@sw
     }{%
       \@cons\@failedlist #2%
     }%
   \endgroup
   \fcolmade@sw{%
     \let \@elt \@gobble
   }{}%
  }%
}%
\def\@ztryfc #1#2{%
  \@tempcnta \count#2%
  \divide\@tempcnta\@xxxii\multiply\@tempcnta\@xxxii
  \@bitor \@tempcnta {\@failedlist \@flfail}%
  \@testfp #2%
  #1#2%
  \@tempdimb\@tempdima
  \advance\@tempdimb \ht#2\advance\@tempdimb\@fpsep
  \@ifdim{\@tempdimb >\@colht}{%
    \@testtrue
  }{}%
  \@if@sw\if@test\fi{%
    \@cons\@flfail #2%
  }{%
    \@cons\@flsucceed #2%
    \@tempdima\@tempdimb
  }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Clearing pages}%
% 
% Clearing the page is an elaboration of ending the page: it entails flushing all floats.
%
% This package might make number of float flushing algorithms available,
% a very simple one that does not try to produce excellent pages,
% another that tries to make the best use of space,
% and a more complex one that tries to balance columns.
% 
% At the beginning of the page-clearing process, by definition all of the paragraph text involved is on the MVL and all floats have been encountered.
% There may be material in \cmd\pagesofar, and (in a multi-column page grid) any number of columns of the page have been composed.
% Also, there might be footnote material saved up in \cmd\footsofar.
% 
% Because we did not want to perform multiple \cmd\shipout s per visit to the output routine,
% our multi-column page makeup will not compose multiple columns per visit.
% This implementation detail may not require alteration, but it is not a limitation that is truly necessary:
% it is only multiple \cmd\shipout s per visit that must be avoided.
% 
% The crux matter is how to continue with flushing floats even after the material in the MVL is exhausted.
% At that point, we must, upon completion of the output routine, 
% insert into the MVL an interrupt that triggers the next step in the processing.
%
% Therefore, after processing a \cmd\do@startcolumn\ interrupt, we must somehow force the completion of that column.
% This could be done by inserting a \cmd\do@newpage@pen\ interrupt.
% 
% And after processing a \cmd\do@startpage@pen\ interrupt, that results in \cmd\@dbltopinsert s,
% we must ensure that the multiple columns on the page get completed, so that the page itself finally gets shipped out.
% This part will proceed automatically given that \cmd\do@startcolumn\ processing completes successfully.
% 
% The process will not be complete until all deferred floats have been placed and shipped out, and all saved-up footnotes have been inserted.
% 
% Full-page-width floats can get out of order of column floats. This problem can be remedied by holding them all in the same list.
% We therefore stop using \cmd\@dbldeferlist\ entirely, and all of the procedures that formerly used it have been rewritten to
% use \cmd\@deferlist\ instead. When traversing the list, we apply a selector on the given box that determines whether it is a column-width or page-width float.
% This selector is different depending on the page grid.
%
% When the \cmd\@deferlist\ is processed (by any means), we have to take care of the case where a float of one category is passed over but we are looking for a float of the other category.
% Here, we must terminate processing, to avoid disordering the floats. This we do by the usual means.
% 
% The system has a Boolean that says we are clearing pages: \cmd\clearpage@sw; if it is true,
% then at the tail of \cmd\do@startcolumn\ processing, we should put down a (\cmd\vfil?) \cmd\do@newpage@pen\ interrupt.
% This is because the MVL is now empty, so we have to force the columns to complete.
% 
% One potential very pathological case would be where there is one or more deferred floats that never successfully get placed:
% placing floats has stalled, and we will ship out blank pages indefinitely. How to detect this case?
% 
% First, \cmd\do@startpage\ will evidently be stalled if the following are all true:
% a) \cmd\@tryfcolumn\ and \cmd\@sdblcolelt\ both fail,
% b) there are deferred floats available for page placement, and
% c) the \cmd\@colht=\cmd\textheight, that is, the full page height is available for placement of column floats.
% 
% Second, \cmd\do@startcolumn\ will evidently be stalled if the following are all true:
% a) tryfcolumn fails,
% b) there are deferred floats available for column placement, and
% a) the \cmd\@colroom=\cmd\textheight, that is, the full page height is available for placement of column floats.
% 
%
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoublepage}
% \begin{macro}{\clearpage}
% \begin{macro}{\newpage}
% \begin{macro}{\newpage@prep}
% The function of \cmd\clearpage\ is to end the current page with \cmd\newpage\ and then
% ship out additional pages until (\footins) inserts and (deferred) floats are exhausted.
%
% The method involves setting the float placement parameters to completely permissive values
% and kicking out the current page (using a non-discardable penalty).
% A possibly short page will be shipped out, followed
% by any number of float pages. However these float pages, because using permissive float placement,
% will exhaust all inserts and deferred floats.
%
% Bug Note: in the code for \cmd\clearpage, the first penalty we output is an unprotected \cmd\pagebreak@pen.
% I tried using a protected \cmd\do@newpage@pen, but that gave rise to a corner case where a blank page
% was output.
%
% At present, the \cmd\clearpage\ procedure does the same as \cmd\newpage,
% except that \cmd\clearpage@sw\ is turned on,
% and the (discardable) \cmd\newpage\ is inevitably followed by the same procedures
% that are executed if a page is shipped out.
%
% FIXME: it seems that better than \cmd\pagebreak@pen\ would be an unprotected penalty of a special value that would
% entail output routine processing consisting of the following steps:
% 3) \cmd\unvbox\cmd\@cclv,
% 1) set \cmd\clearpage@sw\ to \cmd\true@sw,
% 2) put down a protected \cmd\do@startcolumn@pen,
% 4) take a dead cycle.
%
% The effect would be to liberalize float placement options for the current column as well as further columns that may be output as part of \cmd\clearpage\ processing.
% Of course, it would still be necessary to set \cmd\clearpage@sw\ again via an interrupt.
%
% An optimization might be to clear \cmd\clearpage@sw\ as part of the same interrupt,
% but that would actually not work properly, because it is necessary for \cmd\do@endpage\ to
% possibly invoke further visits to the output routine before clearpage processing ceases.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\newpage@prep{%
  \if@noskipsec
    \ifx \@nodocument\relax
      \leavevmode
      \global \@noskipsecfalse
    \fi
  \fi
  \if@inlabel
    \leavevmode
    \global \@inlabelfalse
  \fi
  \if@nobreak \@nobreakfalse \everypar{}\fi
  \par
}%
\def \newpage {%
 \newpage@prep
 \do@output@MVL{%
  \vfil
  \penalty-\pagebreak@pen
 }%
}%
\def\clearpage{%
 \newpage@prep
 \do@output@MVL{%
  \vfil
  \penalty-\pagebreak@pen
  \global\@booleantrue\clearpage@sw
  \protect@penalty\do@startcolumn@pen
  \protect@penalty\do@endpage@pen
 }%
 \do@output@MVL{%
  \global\@booleanfalse\clearpage@sw
 }%
}%
\def\cleardoublepage{%
 \clearpage
 \@if@sw\if@twoside\fi{%
  \@ifodd\c@page{}{%
   \null\clearpage
  }%
 }{}%
}%
\@booleanfalse\clearpage@sw
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\do@endpage@pen}
% The penalty \cmd\do@endpage@pen\ simply dispatches to the page grid procedure that forces an end page.
% That procedure should test whether there is anything to ship out (say committed floats), then act accordingly.
% Note that as part of this work, it should \cmd\unvbox\cmd\@cclv, which has been left boxed up so it can be 
% measured.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\mathchardef\do@endpage@pen=10007
\@namedef{output@-\the\do@endpage@pen}{\csname end@column@\thepagegrid\endcsname}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\do@newpage@pen}
% The penalty \cmd\do@newpage@pen\ allows a ``non-discardable \cmd\newpage'' command:
% a \cmd\newpage\ command that will not disappear at a pagebreak.
% This visit to the output routine will not be dispatched to an interrupt,
% rather the natural output routine will be executed, where it
% will remove the protection box.
% 
% Call this routine by executing \cmd\protect@penalty\cmd\do@newpage@pen.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\mathchardef\do@newpage@pen=10001
\expandafter\let\csname output@-\the\do@newpage@pen\endcsname\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@clearfloatplacement}
% The procedure \cmd\@clearfloatplacement\ sets the float placement parameters
% to completely permissive values (except for \cmd\@fpmin). The standard values are:
%
% \begin{tabular}{ll}
%\cmd\@topnum      &\cmd\c@topnumber\\
%\cmd\@toproom     &\cmd\topfraction\cmd\@colht\\
%\cmd\@botnum      &\cmd\c@bottomnumber\\
%\cmd\@botroom     &\cmd\bottomfraction\cmd\@colht\\
%\cmd\@colnum      &\cmd\c@totalnumber\\
%\cmd\@fpmin       &\cmd\floatpagefraction\cmd\@colht\\
%\cmd\@dbltopnum   &\cmd\c@dbltopnumber\\
%\cmd\@dbltoproom  &\cmd\dbltopfraction\cmd\@colht\\
%\cmd\@textmin     &\cmd\@colht\cmd\advance\cmd\@textmin -\cmd\@dbltoproom\\
%\cmd\@fpmin       &\cmd\dblfloatpagefraction\cmd\textheight
% \end{tabular}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@clearfloatplacement{%
 \global\@topnum     \maxdimen
 \global\@toproom    \maxdimen
 \global\@botnum     \maxdimen
 \global\@botroom    \maxdimen
 \global\@colnum     \maxdimen
 \global\@dbltopnum  \maxdimen
 \global\@dbltoproom \maxdimen
 \global\@textmin    \z@      
 \global\@fpmin      \z@      
 \let\@testfp\@gobble
 \appdef\@setfloattypecounts{\@fpstype16\advance\@fpstype\m@ne}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@doclearpage}
% \begin{macro}{\@makefcolumn}
% \begin{macro}{\@makecol}
% The \cmd\@doclearpage\ procedure is now obsoleted, as is \cmd\@makefcolumn, which it invoked.
% We also completely avoid using \cmd\@makecol\ (in favor of \cmd\@makecolumn).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\@doclearpage\@undefined
\let\@makefcolumn\@undefined
\let\@makecol\@undefined
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\clr@top@firstmark}
% \begin{macro}{\set@top@firstmark}
% \begin{macro}{\@outputpage@tail}
% We want accurate values of \cmd\topmark\ and \cmd\firstmark, but we must deal with 
% the fact that there are many different ways of contributing material
% to the page. Only upon the first contribution to the page is the value of \cmd\topmark\
% accurate. However, with \cmd\firstmark\ we must potentially examine each contribution
% because the first mark on the page may happen to fall in the last piece of material contributed.
%
% To begin, we define the procedure that initializes the macros to appropriate flag values.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\clr@top@firstmark{%
 \global\let\saved@@topmark\@undefined
 \global\let\saved@@firstmark\@empty
 \global\let\saved@@botmark\@empty
}%
\clr@top@firstmark
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Note that the flag value for \cmd\saved@@topmark\ is \cmd\@undefined, just as one would
% expect. But that for \cmd\saved@@firstmark\ and \cmd\saved@@botmark\ is \cmd\@empty.
%
% Next, we define procedure \cmd\set@top@firstmark; it will be exercised everywhere material is contributed,
% capturing the mark values if appropriate.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\set@top@firstmark{%
 \@ifxundefined\saved@@topmark{\expandafter\gdef\expandafter\saved@@topmark\expandafter{\@@topmark}}{}%
 \@if@empty\saved@@firstmark{\expandafter\gdef\expandafter\saved@@firstmark\expandafter{\@@firstmark}}{}%
 \@if@empty\@@botmark{}{\expandafter\gdef\expandafter\saved@@botmark\expandafter{\@@botmark}}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% When should \cmd\set@top@firstmark\ be called?
% A good candidate for a universal procedure for handling contributed material is
% the natural output routine; are any other calls needed?
%
% Yes, in \cmd\save@column\ we must execute \cmd\set@top@firstmark\ because we are about to 
% save away \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv, and we will never see its marks again (unless it is unboxed into the MVL),
% because \TeX\ lets one access a box's marks only within an output routine that has put that box into \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv.
%
% As soon as a page is shipped out, we initialize the two macros that
% hold the values of \cmd\topmark\ and \cmd\firstmark, respectively.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Procedure \cs{@outputpage@tail} tailpatches \cs{@outputpage}}%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\appdef\@outputpage@tail{%
 \clr@top@firstmark
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Other interfaces to \LaTeX}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\@float}
% \begin{macro}{\@dblfloat}
% \begin{macro}{\@yfloat}
% \begin{macro}{\fps@}
% \begin{macro}{\fpsd@}
% The \LaTeX\ kernel procedures \cmd\@float\ and \cmd\@dblfloat\ are treated on an equal footing.
% Each now takes environment-specific float placement defaults.
% If none are defined for the calling environment, we apply a default.
%
% A parameter is passed that will set the width of text within the float, normally \cmd\columnwidth,
% and in the "dbl" version, \cmd\textwidth. However, an environment such as \env{turnpage}
% may change the meanings of these macros to allow turnpage floats.
%
% \changes{4.0a}{2008/06/26 }{\cs{@yfloat}: de-fang \cs{set@footnotewidth} (see ltxutil.dtx): we have already done its job. }
%
% Note on \cmd\@xfloat: the optional argument must come to it fully expanded, because the macro
% does a weird procedure on this argument, involving \cmd\@onelevel@sanitize, which I do not
% understand, and which does not work if not so expanded. 
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Get rid of the \cs{reserved@a} idiom}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@float#1{%
 \@ifnextchar[{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \verb+}]{+Brace-matching klootch
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \@yfloat\width@float{#1}%
 }{%
  \@ifxundefined@cs{fps@#1}{}{\expandafter\let\expandafter\fps@\csname fps@#1\endcsname}%
  \expandafter\@argswap\expandafter{\expandafter[\fps@]}{\@yfloat\width@float{#1}}%
 }%
}%
\def\@dblfloat#1{%
 \@ifnum{\pagegrid@col=\@ne}{%
  \@float{#1}%
 }{%
  \@ifnextchar[{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \verb+}]{+Brace-matching klootch
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \@yfloat\widthd@float{#1}%
  }{%
   \@ifxundefined@cs{fpsd@#1}{}{\expandafter\let\expandafter\fpsd@\csname fpsd@#1\endcsname}%
   \expandafter\@argswap\expandafter{\expandafter[\fpsd@]}{\@yfloat\widthd@float{#1}}%
  }%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Turn off the \cs{set@footnotewidth} mechanism; a float `knows' its proper typesetting context}
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) Interface \cs{set@footnotewidth} for determining the set width of footnotes}%
% \cmd\@yfloat\ is the go-to procdure for creating the proper environment for the content of a float.
% Argument \verb+#1+ is the width of the float environment (we disable \cmd\set@footnotewidth), and 
% we establish a self-contained (minipage) environment for footnotes. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@yfloat#1#2[#3]{%
 \@xfloat{#2}[#3]%
 \hsize#1\linewidth\hsize
 \let\set@footnotewidth\@empty
 \minipagefootnote@init
}%
\def\fps@{tbp}%
\def\fpsd@{tp}%
\def\width@float{\columnwidth}%
\def\widthd@float{\textwidth}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\end@float}
% \begin{macro}{\end@dblfloat}
% \begin{macro}{\end@@float}
% \begin{macro}{\check@currbox@count}
% \begin{macro}{\minipagefootnote@init}
% \begin{macro}{\minipagefootnote@here}
% \LaTeX\ kernel procedures \cmd\end@float\ and \cmd\end@dblfloat\
% have been changed to work alike; in particular, floats of both classes
% are deferred into the same queue.
% This measure ensures that they will be placed in their original order, 
% an aspect in which \LaTeX\ is broken.
%
% Note: when retrieving floats from the queues, we can differentiate those of the two categories
% by the width of the box.
%
% Floats are processed via an output routine message, and are checked for 
% sanity in re the float placement options. In the case of full-page-width floats,
% we ensure that the h and b float placement options are never asserted, because they
% make no sense.
%
% Note that if we get to the end of the float box and still have pending
% footnotes, we put then out.
%
% LaTeX Bug note: if a user types \cmd\begin{table*}[h], the float will never succeed in being placed!
% we try to catch such cases.
%
% Note that the macro \cmd\check@currbox@count\ tries to catch cases where the float placement options
% are such that the float can never be placed.
%
% The calls to \cmd\@iffpsbit\ are part of a procedure to deny certain of the float placement
% parameters: ``h'' and ``b'' are not possible, the former because the \cmd\marginpar\ mechanism
% cannot place a full-page-width float within a multicolumn page grid, the latter because nobody
% has yet written the code to do so (pretty bad reason, I know).
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{New procedure \cs{@iffpsbit} replaces \cs{@getfpsbit}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\end@float{%
 \end@@float{%
  \check@currbox@count
 }%
}%
\def\end@dblfloat{%
 \@ifnum{\pagegrid@col=\@ne}{%
  \end@float
 }{%
  \end@@float{%
   \@iffpsbit\@ne{\global\advance\count\@currbox\m@ne}{}%
   \@iffpsbit\f@ur{\global\advance\count\@currbox-4\relax}{}%
   \global\wd\@currbox\textwidth % Klootch
   \check@currbox@count
  }%
 }%
}%
\def\end@@float#1{%
 \minipagefootnote@here
 \@endfloatbox
 #1%
 \@ifnum{\@floatpenalty <\z@}{%
  \@largefloatcheck
  \@cons\@currlist\@currbox
  \@ifnum{\@floatpenalty <-\@Mii}{%
   \do@output@cclv{\@add@float}%
  }{%
   \vadjust{\do@output@cclv{\@add@float}}%
   \@Esphack
  }%
 }{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The \classname{float} package of Anselm Lingnau fails when used under \classname{ltxgrid}, but
% we can fix things. 
% We also repair a bug in that package. 
%
% \changes{4.1g}{2009/10/06}{(AO, 531) Fix package \classname{float} }
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\float@end@float{%
 \@endfloatbox
 \global\setbox\@currbox\float@makebox\columnwidth
 \let\@endfloatbox\relax
 \end@float
}%
\newcommand\float@end@ltx{%
 \end@@float{%
  \global\setbox\@currbox\float@makebox\columnwidth
  \check@currbox@count
 }%
}%
\newcommand\newfloat@float[3]{%
 \@namedef{ext@#1}{#3} %!
 \let\float@do=\relax
 \xdef\@tempa{\noexpand\float@exts{\the\float@exts \float@do{#3}}}%
 \@tempa
 \floatplacement{#1}{#2}%
 \@ifundefined{fname@#1}{\floatname{#1}{#1}}{} %!
 \expandafter\edef\csname ftype@#1\endcsname{\value{float@type}}%
 \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}} %!
 \restylefloat{#1}%
 \expandafter\edef\csname fnum@#1\endcsname{%
  \expandafter\noexpand\csname fname@#1\endcsname{} %!
  \expandafter\noexpand\csname the#1\endcsname
 }
 \@ifnextchar[%]
  {%
   \float@newx{#1}%
  }{%
   \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}\@namedef{the#1}{\arabic{#1}}}{}%
  }%
}%
\newcommand\newfloat@ltx[3]{%
 \@namedef{ext@#1}{#3}%
 \let\float@do=\relax
 \xdef\@tempa{\noexpand\float@exts{\the\float@exts \float@do{#3}}}%
 \@tempa
 \floatplacement{#1}{#2}%
 \@ifundefined{fname@#1}{\floatname{#1}{#1}}{}%
 \expandafter\edef\csname ftype@#1\expandafter\endcsname\expandafter{\the\c@float@type}%
 \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}}%
 \restylefloat{#1}%
 \expandafter\edef\csname fnum@#1\endcsname{%
  \expandafter\noexpand\csname fname@#1\endcsname{}%
  \expandafter\noexpand\csname the#1\endcsname
 }
 \@ifnextchar[%]
  {%
   \float@newx{#1}%
  }{%
   \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}\@namedef{the#1}{\arabic{#1}}}{}%
  }%
}%
\appdef\document@inithook{%
 \@ifxundefined\newfloat{}{%
  \@ifx{\float@end\float@end@float}{%
   \@ifx{\newfloat\newfloat@float}{\true@sw}{\false@sw}%
   }{\false@sw}% 
   {%
    \class@warn{Repair the float package}%
    \let\float@end\float@end@ltx
    \let\newfloat\newfloat@ltx
   }{%
    \class@warn{Failed to patch the float package}%
   }%
 }% 
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Boolean procedure \cmd\@iffpsbit\ is similar to the \cmd\@getfpsbit\ of \LaTeX, except
% that we do not expose the scratch count register or even change its value.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@iffpsbit#1{%
 \begingroup
  \@tempcnta\count\@currbox
  \divide\@tempcnta#1\relax
  \@ifodd\@tempcnta{\aftergroup\true@sw}{\aftergroup\false@sw}%
 \endgroup
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% In procedure \cmd\check@currbox@count, we calculate the net float placement
% directive (encoded into \cmd\count\ \cmd\@currbox's least significant four bits).
% If zero, issue a warning.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Tally the height of the float}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\check@currbox@count{%
 \@ifnum{\count\@currbox>\z@}{%
  \count@\count\@currbox\divide\count@\sixt@@n\multiply\count@\sixt@@n
  \@tempcnta\count\@currbox\advance\@tempcnta-\count@
  \@ifnum{\@tempcnta=\z@}{%
   \ltxgrid@warn{Float cannot be placed}%
  }{}%
  \expandafter\tally@float\expandafter{\@captype}%
 }{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% In this case, the float is a \cmd\marginpar.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 }%
}%
\providecommand\minipagefootnote@init{}%
\providecommand\minipagefootnote@here{}%
\providecommand\tally@float[1]{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@specialoutput}
% The \cmd\@add@float\ procedure used to reside in standard \LaTeX's \cmd\@specialoutput,
% which is no more.
%
% Historical Note: \cmd\@specialoutput\ and Lamport's method of an output routine dispatcher
% is the genesis of our more powerful and refined way of using \TeX's output routine to 
% safely accomplish page makeup tasks. To it and to him we owe acknowledgement and thanks.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\@specialoutput\@undefined
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@add@float}
% In the following, we do not need to execute \cmd\@reinserts, which was wrong anyway, as you cannot
% reliably recover insertions when they split (unless you have a way of reinserting the captured insertion
% ahead of the split-off part).
%
% Now that full-page-width floats are being processed the same as column floats, we
% have to nip in here and cause them always to be deferred.
%
% At the very end, the \cmd\vsize\ is adjusted for any newly committed float.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@add@float{%
 \@pageht\ht\@cclv\@pagedp\dp\@cclv
 \unvbox\@cclv
 \@next\@currbox\@currlist{%
  \csname @floatselect@sw@\thepagegrid\endcsname\@currbox{%
   \@ifnum{\count\@currbox>\z@}{%
    \advance \@pageht \@pagedp
%    \end{macrocode}
% Do not assume \cmd\holdinginserts is cleared:
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \advance \@pageht \vsize \advance \@pageht -\pagegoal
%    \end{macrocode}
% Commit an `h' float:
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \@addtocurcol
   }{%
    \@addmarginpar
   }%
  }{%
   \@resethfps
   \@cons\@deferlist\@currbox
  }%
 }{\@latexbug}%
 \@ifnum{\outputpenalty<\z@}{%
  \@if@sw\if@nobreak\fi{%
   \nobreak
  }{%
   \addpenalty \interlinepenalty
  }%
 }{}%
 \set@vsize
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@reinserts}
% The \cmd\@reinserts\ procedure of standard \LaTeX\ is now obsoleted (it had been erroneous anyway).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\@reinserts\@undefined
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@addtocurcol}
% We modify the \cmd\@addtocurcol\ procedure of standard \LaTeX\ 
% so that a float placed ``here'' may break over pages.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def \@addtocurcol {%
   \@insertfalse
   \@setfloattypecounts
   \ifnum \@fpstype=8
   \else
     \ifnum \@fpstype=24
     \else
       \@flsettextmin
       \advance \@textmin \@textfloatsheight
       \@reqcolroom \@pageht
       \ifdim \@textmin>\@reqcolroom
         \@reqcolroom \@textmin
       \fi
       \advance \@reqcolroom \ht\@currbox
       \ifdim \@colroom>\@reqcolroom
         \@flsetnum \@colnum
         \ifnum \@colnum>\z@
           \@bitor\@currtype\@deferlist
           \if@test
           \else
             \@bitor\@currtype\@botlist
             \if@test
               \@addtobot
             \else
               \ifodd \count\@currbox
                 \advance \@reqcolroom \intextsep
                 \ifdim \@colroom>\@reqcolroom
                   \global \advance \@colnum \m@ne
                   \global \advance \@textfloatsheight \ht\@currbox
                   \global \advance \@textfloatsheight 2\intextsep
                   \@cons \@midlist \@currbox
                   \if@nobreak
                     \nobreak
                     \@nobreakfalse
                     \everypar{}%
                   \else
                     \addpenalty \interlinepenalty
                   \fi
                   \vskip \intextsep
                   \unvbox\@currbox %AO
                   \penalty\interlinepenalty
                   \vskip\intextsep
                   \ifnum\outputpenalty <-\@Mii \vskip -\parskip\fi
                   \outputpenalty \z@
                   \@inserttrue
                 \fi
               \fi
               \if@insert
               \else
                 \@addtotoporbot
               \fi
             \fi
           \fi
         \fi
       \fi
     \fi
   \fi
   \if@insert
   \else
     \@resethfps
     \@cons\@deferlist\@currbox
   \fi
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\if@twocolumn}
% The \cmd\newif\ switch \cmd\if@twocolumn\ is entirely unused. However its access words are invoked by
% \LaTeX's \cmd\document\ procedure, so we de-fang it.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@twocolumnfalse
\let\@twocolumntrue\@twocolumnfalse
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@addmarginpar}
% The procedure \cmd\@addmarginpar\ used to access \cmd\if@twocolumn, but that switch is not reliable;
% the better way is to use \cmd\thepagegrid. We establish a convention for a page-grid-oriented
% procedure, e.g., \cmd\@addmarginpar@one, that emits a boolean, telling this procedure
% whether to set the marginpar on the left or right.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@addmarginpar{%
 \@next\@marbox\@currlist{%
  \@cons\@freelist\@marbox\@cons\@freelist\@currbox
 }\@latexbug
 \setbox\@marbox\hb@xt@\columnwidth{%
  \csname @addmarginpar@\thepagegrid\endcsname{%
   \hskip-\marginparsep\hskip-\marginparwidth
   \box\@currbox
  }{%
   \hskip\columnwidth\hskip\marginparsep
   \box\@marbox
  }%
  \hss
 }%
 \setbox\z@\box\@currbox
    \@tempdima\@mparbottom
    \advance\@tempdima -\@pageht
    \advance\@tempdima\ht\@marbox
 \@ifdim{\@tempdima >\z@}{%
   \@latex@warning@no@line {Marginpar on page \thepage\space moved}%
 }{%
   \@tempdima\z@
 }%
    \global\@mparbottom\@pageht
    \global\advance\@mparbottom\@tempdima
    \global\advance\@mparbottom\dp\@marbox
    \global\advance\@mparbottom\marginparpush
    \advance\@tempdima -\ht\@marbox
    \global\setbox \@marbox
                   \vbox {\vskip \@tempdima
                          \box \@marbox}%
    \global \ht\@marbox \z@
    \global \dp\@marbox \z@
    \kern -\@pagedp
    \nointerlineskip
  \box\@marbox
    \nointerlineskip
    \hbox{\vrule \@height\z@ \@width\z@ \@depth\@pagedp}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{environment}{turnpage}
% Any float (viz., \env{figure} or \env{table}) within the scope of this environment
% will be a turnpage float: It will be assumed to occupy an entire page (constitute a float page),
% the width will be \cmd\textheight, the height \cmd\textwidth, and the entire float will be presented
% rotated 90 degrees. 
%
% The implementation requires the services of the \cmd\rotatebox\ command, so we supply a dummy definition
% that explains things to the user.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{turnpage}{%
 \def\width@float{\textheight}%
 \def\widthd@float{\textheight}%
 \appdef\@endfloatbox{%
  \@ifxundefined\@currbox{%
   \ltxgrid@warn{Cannot rotate! Not a float}%
  }{%
   \setbox\@currbox\vbox to\textwidth{\vfil\unvbox\@currbox\vfil}%
   \global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{\rotatebox{90}{\box\@currbox}}%
  }%
 }%
}{%
}%
\def\rotatebox@dummy#1#2{%
 \ltxgrid@warn{You must load the graphics or graphicx package in order to use the turnpage environment}%
 #2%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Use \cs{document@inithook} instead of \cs{AtBeginDocument}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\appdef\document@inithook{%
 \@ifxundefined\rotatebox{\let\rotatebox\rotatebox@dummy}{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{environment}
%
%
% \subsection{One-off output routines}
%
% These procedures are executed in lieu of \cmd\the\cmd\output\ when the output penalty has the associated flag value.
%
% \begin{macro}{output@-1073741824}
% The first one-off output routine handles the end of the job, wherein
% \LaTeX\ executes \cmd\@@end, and breaks to the output with a penalty of
% $"40000000 = 2^{32}/4 = 1073741824$. 
% We simply discard \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ and leave.
% This means that \LaTeX\ is obligated to do \cmd\clearpage\ as part of
% its \enve{document} processing, otherwise material will be lost.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@namedef{output@-1073741824}{%
 \deadcycles\z@
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{verbatim}
%\showbox\@cclv
%    \end{verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \void@cclv
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\save@column@pen}
% The one-off output routine associated with \cmd\penalty\cmd\save@column@pen\
% will be called within a sequence of three such routines by \cmd\execute@message
% or its companion routine \cmd\execute@message@insert.
% This procedure must save away any the current page and preserve marks.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\mathchardef\save@column@pen=10016
\@namedef{output@-\the\save@column@pen}{\save@column}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@cclv@saved}
% We take over the \cmd\@holdpg\ box register. Hereafter,
% we no longer use the \cmd\@holdpg\ box register, so let the world know.
% This should decisively break packages that assume standard \LaTeX.
% Breaking decisively is preferred to quietly proceeding erroneously.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let \@cclv@saved \@holdpg
\let \@holdpg \@undefined
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\save@column}
% The procedure \cmd\save@column\ does the actual work of saving away the material
% on the page. It is invoked both by \cmd\save@column@pen\ and by \cmd\save@column@insert@pen.
% We save \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ and the primitive \cmd\@@topmark.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\save@column{%
 \@ifvoid\@cclv@saved{%
  \set@top@firstmark
  \global\@topmark@saved\expandafter{\@@topmark}%
 }{}%
 \global\setbox\@cclv@saved\vbox{%
  \@ifvoid\@cclv@saved{}{%
   \unvbox\@cclv@saved
   \marry@baselines
  }%
  \unvbox\@cclv
  \lose@breaks
  \remove@lastbox
 }%
}%
\newtoks\@topmark@saved
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\prep@cclv}
% The procedure \cmd\prep@cclv\ is used by message handlers to set up their environment
% to ape that of the usual output routine, with the boxed-up page in \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv.
% Here, we retrieve the material from \cmd\@cclv@saved, where it was saved away by
% the one-off output routine associated with \cmd\save@column@pen.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\prep@cclv{%
 \void@cclv
 \setbox\@cclv\box\@cclv@saved
 \vbadness\@M
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\save@column@insert@pen}
% The one-off output routine associated with \cmd\penalty\cmd\save@column@insert@pen\
% is similar to that of \cmd\save@column@pen\ augmented with the processing of insertions.
% It is called by \cmd\execute@message@insert\  (i.e., at a grid change)
% and saves away the current page and preserves marks.
% In addition, it saves away any insertions that fall on the current page.
% As with the natural output routine, it executes in two phases,
% first with \cmd\holdinginserts\ set, then cleared. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\mathchardef\save@column@insert@pen=10017
\@namedef{output@-\the\save@column@insert@pen}{\toggle@insert{\savecolumn@holding}{\savecolumn@moving}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The procedure \cmd\savecolumn@holding\ is the first phase of saving a column with its inserts.
% This phase must detect and remedy the one circumstance that will confound our efforts to propagate marks.
% It is similar to \cmd\output@holding, except that we have to deal with the protection box, which must
% remain, because the messaging mechanism is being used.
%
% If it appears that we have the pathological ``Big Bad Box'' case at hand, we use the \cmd\dead@cycle@repair@protected\
% procedure instead of \cmd\dead@cycle\ to do our dead cycle.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Use \cs{trace@box} instead of \cs{showbox}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\savecolumn@holding{%
 \@if@exceed@pagegoal{\unvcopy\@cclv\remove@lastbox}{%
  \setbox\z@\vbox{\unvcopy\@cclv\remove@lastbox}%
  \outputdebug@sw{\trace@box\z@}{}%
  \dimen@\ht\@cclv\advance\dimen@-\ht\z@
  \dead@cycle@repair@protected\dimen@
 }{%
  \dead@cycle
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{New procedure for showing a box contents, \cs{trace@box}}
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
% The procedure \cmd\save@column@moving\ is the second phase of saving a column with its inserts. 
% Now that \cmd\holdinginserts\ is cleared, we can look in the various \cmd\insert\ registers for 
% our inserts (at present there is only one, \cmd\footins, along with \cmd\footins@saved). 
% if anything is there, we save it away and ask for another cycle (because it may have split). 
% 
% Note that the message that is about to be executed had better deal properly with the contents of 
% the \cmd\footins@saved\ box.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\savecolumn@moving{%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\savecolumn@moving}}{}%
 \@cclv@nontrivial@sw{%
  \save@column
 }{%
  \void@cclv
 }%
 \@ifvoid\footins{}{%
  \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\class@info{\string\savecolumn@moving}\trace@scroll{\showbox\footins@saved\showbox\footins}}{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Save all away in \cmd\footins@saved. Note that if \cmd\footins\ is void, then \cmd\footins@saved\ remains untouched. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \@ifvoid\footins@saved{%
   \global\setbox\footins@saved\box\footins
  }{%
   \global\setbox\footins@saved\vbox\bgroup
    \unvbox\footins@saved
    \marry@baselines
    \unvbox\footins
   \egroup
  }%
  \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\trace@box\footins@saved}{}%
  \protect@penalty\save@column@insert@pen
 }%
}%
\newbox\footins@saved
\newbox\footins@recovered
\newbox\column@recovered
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\save@message@pen}
% The one-off output routine associated with \cmd\penalty\cmd\save@message@pen\
% saves away the message that has been passed.
% This procedure is penultimate in a sequence of one-off output routine calls;
% earlier ones have saved away the MVL and preserved marks, the last executes the message.
%
% Note that we are passing tokens to \TeX's primitive \cmd\mark\ mechanism, so we must ensure
% that they are not inappropriately expanded. We use the same mechanism for all such cases,
% namely \cmd\let@mark.
%
% Note: we expect that \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv's contents are well known:
% \cmd\topskip, protection box, and a \cmd\mark, the latter containing the message.
% But if we came here via \cmd\penalty 10017, there might be an \cmd\insert\ node present as well, 
% because a footnote may have split. 
% Because this procedure simply voids out \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv, such material would be lost.
% Perhaps we can repair things by manipulating the \cmd\insert \ mechanism temporarily.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\mathchardef\save@message@pen=10018
\@namedef{output@-\the\save@message@pen}{\save@message}%
\def\save@message{%
 \void@cclv 
%    \end{macrocode}
%FIXME: what if \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv is not empty?
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \toks@\expandafter{\@@firstmark}%
 \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\@message@saved\expandafter{\the\toks@}%
 \expandafter\do@@mark\expandafter{\the\@topmark@saved}%
}%
\gdef\@message@saved{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\execute@message@pen}
% The one-off output routine associated with \cmd\execute@message@pen\ 
% simply executes the given message. It is last in a sequence of one-off output routine calls;
% earlier ones have saved all that require saving.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\mathchardef\execute@message@pen=10019
\@namedef{output@-\the\execute@message@pen}{\@message@saved}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Output messages}
%
% Message handlers are procedures that execute output messages, tokens that are passed to
% the output routine for execution in an environment appropriate to page makeup.
%
% How it works. We put down three large negative penalties, each of which will be handled by
% the output dispatcher (\emph{not} the natural output routine), each penalty being protected by
% a removable, non-discardable item (i.e., a box).
% Either three or four invocations of one-off output routines are involved per message.
%
% We make the last of the three protection boxes have a depth equal to the value of \cmd\prevdepth\
% that was current when the procedure is called. This effectively restores \cmd\prevdepth.
%
% In each case, the one-off output routine will remove the extraneous box we have inserted.
% And the second and third one-off routines will simply void \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv, because its contents
% are entirely artificial.
%
% FIXME: not so! If \cmd\holdinginserts\ is cleared, that box may have an insert node; it must be preserved, too.
%
% The first routine saves away the current column contents and remembers the \cmd\topmark\ for later
% use. There is a variant routine that first clears \cmd\holdinginserts, so that the message can
% handle any inserts present in the boxed-up page; this of course entails yet another
% visit to the output routine.
%
% The penultimate routine saves away the tokens transmitted in via the \cmd\@@mark: the argument of
% the macro. These tokens are of course the very thing we wish to execute within the safety
% of the output routine. It also puts down a mark containing the \cmd\topmark\ tokens saved
% by the first routine. By this means, the mark, which we have clobbered, is restored.
%
% The last routine simply executes the given tokens.
% In the course of doing this, it must take care of \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv, either by shipping it out,
% or by \cmd\unvbox ing it onto the MVL.
%
% \begin{macro}{\execute@message}
% The procedure \cmd\execute@message\ simply calls the utility procedure \cmd\@execute@message\
% with a penalty value for the standard treatment.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\execute@message{%
 \@execute@message\save@column@pen
%    \end{macrocode}
% Implicit second argument
%    \begin{macrocode}
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\execute@message@insert}
% The procedure \cmd\execute@message@insert\ is like \cmd\execute@message\ in all respects
% except that the penalty value is \cmd\save@column@insert@pen, which arranges for the 
% message handler involved to deal with the page's insertions.
% At the same time, we prepare the \cmd\footins\ box so that these insertions can be dealt with.
%
% Note:
% If more insertions are added to \LaTeX\ (presumably via \cmd\newinsert), then they
% must be dealt with in a way entirely analogous to \cmd\footins.
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\execute@message@insert#1{%
 \@execute@message\save@column@insert@pen{%
  \setbox \footins \box \footins@saved
  \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\class@info{\string\execute@message@insert}\trace@box\footins}{}%
  #1%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@execute@message}
% The utility procedure \cmd\@execute@message\ is called by \cmd\execute@message\ and \cmd\execute@message@insert.
% We prepare by creating a \cmd\vbox\ containing all the needed nodes and proceed by simply
% \cmd\unvbox ing that box onto the MVL.
% We ensure that \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ is properly set up for the output message handler
% by always inserting \cmd\prep@cclv\ in advance of the argument.
%
% Note that each one-off output routine is invoked effectively the same as
% \cmd\protect@penalty, except that the second invocation involves an additional
% \cmd\mark\ node, and the third a specially prepared protection box.
%
% Note also that \TeX's primitive \cmd\mark\ is called here without any expansion protection.
% This is the only place where it is called that way, but it's OK because those tokens
% have have been pre-expanded by procedures that call \cmd\execute@message.
% FIXME: all procedures calling \cmd\execute@message\ must pre-expand their tokens!
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\@execute@message#1#2{%
 \begingroup
  \dimen@\prevdepth\@ifdim{\dimen@<\z@}{\dimen@\z@}{}%
  \setbox\z@\vbox{%
   \protect@penalty#1%
   \protection@box
   \toks@{\prep@cclv#2}%
   \@@mark{\the\toks@}%
   \penalty-\save@message@pen
%    \end{macrocode}
%\begin{verbatim}
%  \hbox{\vrule\@height\z@\@width\z@\@depth\dimen@}%
%\end{verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \setbox\z@\null\dp\z@\dimen@\ht\z@-\dimen@
   \nointerlineskip\box\z@
   \penalty-\execute@message@pen
  }\unvbox\z@
 \endgroup
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\do@output@cclv}
% The procedure \cmd\do@output@cclv\ provides access to message handlers at their simplest.
% The message will execute in the usual environment of the output routine, with
% the boxed-up page in \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv, and we assume that \cmd\holdinginserts\ remains set.
% This procedure must be invoked within main vertical mode;
% it is the obligation of the macro writer to ensure that this is the case.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\do@output@cclv{\execute@message}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\do@output@MVL}
% The procedure \cmd\do@output@MVL, like \cmd\do@output@cclv, is an interface for messages,
% but provides two additional services: the command may also be invoked in horizontal mode, and
% the message handler will execute with the MVL unboxed. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\do@output@MVL#1{%
 \@ifvmode{%
  \begingroup\execute@message{\unvbox\@cclv#1}\endgroup
 }{%
  \@ifhmode{%
   \vadjust{\execute@message{\unvbox\@cclv#1}}%
  }{%
   \@latexerr{\string\do@output@MVL\space cannot be executed in this mode!}\@eha
  }%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lose@breaks}
% The purpose of this procedure is to get rid of all the extraneous
% \cmd\penalty\cmd\@M\ nodes that tend to build up in the MVL.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lose@breaks{%
 \loopwhile{%
  \count@\lastpenalty
  \@ifnum{\count@=\@M}{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note: 10000 is a TeX magic number!
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \unpenalty\true@sw
  }{%
   \false@sw
  }%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\removestuff}
% \cmd\removestuff\ is a document-level command that removes the bottom skip glue item
% from the MVL.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\removestuff{\do@output@MVL{\unskip\unpenalty}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\removephantombox}
% The procedure \cmd\removephantombox\ is a special-purpose message handler exclusively for 
% preventing incorrect spacing above display math. It must be issued in
% horizontal mode within the phantom paragraph generated when display math starts up in
% vertical mode.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\removephantombox{%
 \vadjust{%
  \execute@message{%
   \unvbox\@cclv
   \remove@lastbox
   \unskip
   \unskip
   \unpenalty
   \penalty\predisplaypenalty
   \vskip\abovedisplayskip
  }%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\addstuff}
% \cmd\addstuff\ is a document-level command that adds penalty, glue, or both to the 
% MVL. The penalty and glue items are rearranged so that all penalties nodes precede all the glue nodes,
% which is the canonical arrangement.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\addstuff#1#2{\edef\@tempa{\noexpand\do@output@MVL{\noexpand\@addstuff{#1}{#2}}}\@tempa}%
\def\@addstuff#1#2{%
 \skip@\lastskip\unskip
 \count@\lastpenalty\unpenalty
 \@if@empty{#1}{}{\penalty#1\relax}%
 \@ifnum{\count@=\z@}{}{\penalty\count@}%
 \vskip\skip@
 \@if@empty{#2}{}{\vskip#2\relax}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\replacestuff}
% \cmd\replacestuff\ is a document-level command similar to \cmd\addstuff;
% but it replaces penalty, glue, or both in the MVL.
% The penalty and glue items are rearranged so that all penalties nodes precede all the glue nodes,
% which is the canonical arrangement.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\replacestuff#1#2{\edef\@tempa{\noexpand\do@output@MVL{\noexpand\@replacestuff{#1}{#2}}}\@tempa}%
\def\@replacestuff#1#2{%
 \skip@\lastskip\unskip
 \count@\lastpenalty\unpenalty
 \@if@empty{#1}{}{%
 \@ifnum{\count@>\@M}{}{%
   \@ifnum{\count@=\z@}{\count@=#1\relax}{%
    \@ifnum{\count@<#1\relax}{}{%
     \count@=#1\relax
    }%
   }%
 }%
 }%
 \@ifnum{\count@=\z@}{}{\penalty\count@}%
 \@if@empty{#2}{}{%
  \@tempskipa#2\relax
  \@ifdim{\z@>\@tempskipa}{%
   \advance\skip@-\@tempskipa
  }{%
   \@ifdim{\skip@>\@tempskipa}{}{%
    \skip@\@tempskipa
   }%
  }%
 }%
 \vskip\skip@
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\move@insertions}
% \begin{macro}{\hold@insertions}
% In order to avoid bolluxing up \cmd\insert\ registers by our one-off 
% output routines, we set \cmd\holdinginserts\ to zero by default and only 
% clear it (briefly) while we handle cases where we want inserts to show up.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\move@insertions{\global\holdinginserts\z@}%
\def\hold@insertions{\global\holdinginserts\@ne}%
\hold@insertions
\def\toggle@insert#1#2{%
 \@ifnum{\holdinginserts>\z@}{\move@insertions#1}{\hold@insertions#2}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Messages to alter the page grid}%
%
% Here is the implementation of the grid-switching procedures.
% We perform two checks when changing the page grid; first to ensure that 
% the target page grid is known (defensive programming), second to ensure that
% the switch is a non-trivial one. The latter check must be performed within
% the safety of the output routine, so requires using an output message.
% Thus, a grid change requires two messages, for a total of six visits to the output routine.
%
% \begin{macro}{\do@columngrid}
% Utility procedure \cmd\do@columngrid\ changes the page grid.
% Note that this command forces an end to the current paragraph. This is necessary, because
% a page grid change makes no sense unless we can alter the \cmd\hsize\ before commencing to
% typeset the following paragraph. So the command should never be executed in horizontal mode
% anyway.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\do@columngrid#1#2{%
 \par
 \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname open@column@#1\endcsname
 \@ifx{\relax\@tempa}{%
  \ltxgrid@warn{Unknown page grid #1. No action taken}%
 }{%
  \do@output@MVL{\start@column{#1}{#2}}%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\start@column}
% Procedure \cmd\start@column\ lays down the interrupts to switch the page grid.
% If the change to the page grid would have been trivial, it bails out.
% It seems a reasonable tradeoff of processing versus security: once we commit
% to changing the page grid, we clear \cmd\holdinginserts, so there is no turning back.
% 
% Note that the second argument to the macro allows us to pass an argument to the 
% page grid that is starting up. This can be handy, because a single procedure can 
% handle multiple page grids, differing only by the value of a parameter.
%
% FIXME: this means that you cannot switch between mlt page grids in a single step.
% But do we want to do this, at all, at all?
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\start@column#1#2{%
 \def\@tempa{#1}\@ifx{\@tempa\thepagegrid}{%
  \ltxgrid@info{Already in page grid \thepagegrid. No action taken}%
 }{%
  \expandafter\execute@message@insert
  \expandafter{%
               \csname shut@column@\thepagegrid\expandafter\endcsname
               \csname open@column@#1\endcsname{#2}%
               \set@vsize
             }%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\thepagegrid}
% The macro \cmd\thepagegrid\ tracks what kind of page grid we are in.
%
% Note: Access \cmd\thepagegrid\ only within the safety of the output routine.
%
% Warning: The page grid should be changed only within the safety of the output routine.
% People who write multicol page grid mechanisms appear not to understand the matter, so they
% should particularly heed this warning. Think about it: obviously Lamport did so, which is why
% his \cmd\twocolumn\ command forced a pagebreak, which is limiting, but safe.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\thepagegrid{one}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Application Note: implementing a page grid}
%
% If you want to create a new page grid for \LaTeX,
% you must define five procedures with specific names:
% \cmd\open@column@ name, \cmd\shut@column@ name, \cmd\end@column@ name,
% \cmd\output@column@ name, and \cmd\@addmarginpar@ name, where ``name'' is the 
% name of your page grid.
%
% The procedure \cmd\open@column@ name starts the new page grid. It should define \cmd\thepagegrid,
% deal with \cmd\box\cmd\pagesofar\ and \cmd\box\cmd\footsofar\ (perhaps by leaving them alone),
% and it should set the values of \LaTeX's page layout parameters for the column size and height.
%
% The procedure \cmd\shut@column@ name should expect to be called with \cmd\holdinginserts\
% cleared (it can assume that \cmd\holdinginserts\ will automatically be restored).
% It should properly deal with insertions (like footnotes); calling \cmd\@makecolumn\
% with an argument of \cmd\false@sw\ will do this.
% It should know that the page grid is being terminated
% in the middle of a page, so it should make arrangements to carry the footnotes down to the 
% bottom of the column or page, and it should possibly salt away the material for later
% incorporation into the page. The box registers \cmd\footsofar\ and \cmd\pagesofar\ are customarily used 
% for this purpose.
%
% The procedure \cmd\end@column@ name should kick out a possibly short page containing all the 
% floats committed to the page. It will be invoked during \cmd\clearpage\ processing.
% After that, it should \cmd\unvbox\cmd\@cclv.
%
% The procedure \cmd\output@column@ name should ship out or commit the current \cmd\@outputbox.
% In a one-column layout, you ship out; in a multicolumn layout, you commit the box as the contents
% of a particular column, and if that column is the last, you ship out.
%
% The procedure \cmd\@addmarginpar@ name should return a boolean (either \cmd\true@sw\ or \cmd\false@sw\ or an equivalent)
% to tell the marginpar mechanism to place the marginal material to the right or left, respectively.
%
% You can use the existing page grids ``one'' and ``mlt'' as a point of departure for creating others.
% The former can be the basis for, say, a single-column page grid with a side column.
%
% \begin{macro}{\pagesofar}
% \begin{macro}{\footsofar}
% The box register \cmd\pagesofar\ holds the portion of the (full-width) page that is already composed into columns. 
% This, plus the finished columns, each with its floats, plus \cmd\box255 constitute the full galley.
%
% The box register \cmd\footsofar\ holds all of the footnotes associated with \cmd\pagesofar.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newbox\pagesofar
\newbox\footsofar
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\combine@foot@inserts}
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) calling sequence of \cs{combine@foot@inserts} and \cs{grid@column} to expose box registers; that of \cs{append@column@} its column counters}%
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) coding convention: use \cs{bgroup}, \cs{egroup} (instead of braces) when a box is being built}%
% The procedure \cmd\combine@foot@inserts\ is for the purpose of merging 
% the recently contributed footnotes (usually \cmd\box\cmd\footins)
% with those saved from earlier on the page (usually \cmd\box\cmd\footsofar). 
%
% It is employed in a number of circumstances. 
%
% \cmd\@makecolumn (when its argument is \cmd\false@sw): 
% we are not shipping out, so we need to salt away any footnotes there may be. 
% 
% \cmd\shut@column@one: we are leaving the one-column page grid, so recover the footnotes from that material
% and combine them with those of \cmd\pagesofar. 
%
% \expandafter\cmd\csname balance@2\endcsname: two columns of type have been balanced, so now balance the footnotes. 
% The \cmd\combine@foot@inserts\ procedure is first used to gather footnotes from the columns balanced with those of \cmd\pagesofar. 
%
% Bug 571 note: if balancing a two-column page grid, and there had been footnotes in the \cmd\pagesofar, 
% those footnotes will have been balanced into a page-width box, \cmd\box\cmd\footsofar. 
% We need to now re-cast them into a single, column-width galley, and only then 
% combine them with those in \cmd\box\cmd\footins. 
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\combine@foot@inserts#1#2{%
  \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\combine@foot@inserts\string#1\string#2}}{}%
  \@ifvoid#1{%
    \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\trace@box#2}{}\global\setbox#1\box#2%
  }{%
   \global\setbox#1\vbox\bgroup
    \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\trace@box#1}{}\unvbox#1%
    \@ifvoid#2{}{%
     \marry@baselines
     \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\trace@box#2}{}\unvbox#2%
    }%
   \egroup
  }%
  \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\trace@scroll{\showbox#1\showbox#2}}{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{One-column page grid}
%
% \begin{macro}{\onecolumngrid}
% \begin{macro}{\open@column@one}
% \begin{macro}{\shut@column@one}
% \begin{macro}{\float@column@one}
% \begin{macro}{\end@column@one}
% \begin{macro}{\output@column@one}
% \begin{macro}{\@addmarginpar@one}
% Here are all the procedures necessary for the standard page grid named ``one'':
% a single column layout. It is, of course, \LaTeX's familiar \cmd\onecolumn\ layout.
% We begin with the procedure exposed to the style writer.
% This is, however, not a \LaTeX\ command; users should not change the page grid.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\onecolumngrid{\do@columngrid{one}{\@ne}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Note that a document class that issues the command \cmd\onecolumn\ will break. This includes
% \LaTeX's standard classes.dtx-based classes: if your class descends from one of these, you
% must expunge it of all such commands.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\onecolumn\@undefined
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The procedure \cmd\open@column@one\ takes advantage of the special nature of the one-column
% page grid to deal with \cmd\box\cmd\pagesofar, therefore it must also reset \cmd\@colroom.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{set@colroom} to \cs{set@colht}}
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\open@column@one#1{%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\open@column@one\string#1}}{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Throw the \cmd\pagesofar\ back onto the Main Vertical List. 
% At this point, we must also \cmd\insert\ the footnotes back into the MVL. 
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) coding convention: use \cs{bgroup}, \cs{egroup} (instead of braces) when a box is being built}%
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \unvbox\pagesofar
 \@ifvoid{\footsofar}{}{%
  \insert\footins\bgroup\unvbox\footsofar\egroup
  \penalty\z@
 }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Record which page grid we are using. Then calculate the set width (\cmd\hsize) and the goal height (\cmd\vsize).
%
% Klootch: we set the \cmd\count\cmd\footins\ to a magic number. This is only correct in the case of a two-column document.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \gdef\thepagegrid{one}%
 \global\pagegrid@col#1%
 \global\pagegrid@cur\@ne
 \global\count\footins\@m
 \global\divide\count\footins\tw@
 \set@column@hsize\pagegrid@col
 \set@colht
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The procedure \cmd\shut@column@one\ saves away the one-column material into the box register \cmd\pagesofar.
% Because it is called from a message handler, we are assured that marks are properly taken care of.
%
% This instance of \cmd\@makecolumn\ is building a column for saving into \cmd\pagesofar.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{@makecol} to \cs{@makecolumn} with argument}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{set@colroom} to \cs{set@colht}}
% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/15}{(AO, 519) Preserve footnotes that are in \cs{footsofar} across a page grid change}
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) calling sequence of \cs{combine@foot@inserts} and \cs{grid@column} to expose box registers; that of \cs{append@column@} its column counters}%
% We recover the footnotes into \cmd\footsofar\ (globally) and the column into \cmd\pagesofar\ (also globally), voiding \cmd\@outputbox\ by side effect. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\shut@column@one{%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\shut@column@one}}{}%
 \@makecolumn\false@sw
%    \end{macrocode}
% Split text portion of \cmd\@outputbox\ into \cmd\pagesofar,
% and add its footnote portion to \cmd\footsofar.
% Then void out \cmd\@outputbox.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \global\setbox\pagesofar\vbox\bgroup
  \recover@column\@outputbox\footsofar\column@recovered\footins@recovered
 \egroup
 \begingroup\setbox\z@\box\@outputbox\endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% FIXME: is \cmd\combine@foot@inserts\ needed?
% Also: if this procedure is immediately followed by \cmd\open@column@ \texttt{grid}, then \cmd\set@colht\ will be unneeded.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \combine@foot@inserts\footsofar\footins
 \set@colht
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%FIXME: the first line of a footnote should have an up-strut, and the last line a down-strut, so that they can marry baselines.
% The latter is the case; how about the former?
%
% The procedure \cmd\float@column@one\ takes care of a float column that has been built by 
% \cmd\@tryfcolumn, in the single-column page grid.
%
% This instance of \cmd\@makecolumn\ is followed by \cmd\@outputpage: it is building 
% a column for \cmd\shipout, rather than for saving into \cmd\pagesofar.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{@makecol} to \cs{@makecolumn} with argument}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\float@column@one{%
 \@makecolumn\true@sw
 \@outputpage
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The procedure \cmd\end@column@one\ is executed at the end of \cmd\clearpage\ processing,
% if we were in a one-column page grid, once all permissive float pages have been shipped out.
% At this point, one could perhaps
% assume that nothing more need be done, but let us anyway test for committed floats and force a shipout.
%
% FIXME: this procedure does the same as \cmd\end@column@mlt 
% (except for the test of \cmd\@ifx@empty\cmd\@dbltoplist):
% the two could almost be the same procedure.
%
% I have changed this procedure to avoid the testing it once did: it simply puts down interrupts,
% upon which it relies to correctly do what \cmd\clearpage\ requires.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\end@column@one{%
 \unvbox\@cclv\remove@lastbox
 \protect@penalty\do@newpage@pen
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The procedure \cmd\output@column@one\ is dispatched from the output routine when
% we have completed a page (that is, a column in a one-column page grid);
% it ships out the page using the \cmd\@outputpage.
% It will be followed up with an output routine message to prepare a new column.
%
% Query: by what mechanism do the footnotes get placed onto such a page?
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\output@column@one{%
 \@outputpage
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The following procedure determines which side of the page a marginpar will appear.
% It reproduces the behavior of standard \LaTeX.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@addmarginpar@one{%
 \@if@sw\if@mparswitch\fi{%
  \@ifodd\c@page{\false@sw}{\true@sw}%
 }{\false@sw}{%
  \@if@sw\if@reversemargin\fi{\false@sw}{\true@sw}%
 }{%
  \@if@sw\if@reversemargin\fi{\true@sw}{\false@sw}%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The following procedure yields a Boolean value; it determines whether a float in the deferred queue
% is appropriate for placing. In the one-column grid, all floats are so.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@floatselect@sw@one#1{\true@sw}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\onecolumngrid@push{%
 \do@output@MVL{%
  \@ifnum{\pagegrid@col=\@ne}{%
   \global\let\restorecolumngrid\@empty
  }{%
   \xdef\restorecolumngrid{%
    \noexpand\start@column{\thepagegrid}{\the\pagegrid@col}%
   }%
   \start@column{one}{\@ne}%
  }%
 }%
}%
\def\onecolumngrid@pop{%
 \do@output@MVL{\restorecolumngrid}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Two-column page grid}
%
% \begin{macro}{\twocolumngrid}
% \begin{macro}{\open@column@mlt}
% \begin{macro}{\shut@column@mlt}
% \begin{macro}{\end@column@mlt}
% \begin{macro}{\output@column@mlt}
% \begin{macro}{\@addmarginpar@mlt}
% \begin{macro}{\set@footnotewidth@mlt}
% \begin{macro}{\set@footnotewidth@two}
% \begin{macro}{\compose@footnotes@two}
% Here are all the procedures necessary for the standard page grid named ``mlt'':
% the multi-column page grid. With an argument of "2", it is,
% of course, \LaTeX's familiar \cmd\twocolumn\ layout.
%
% We start with the procedure to switch to the two-column page grid.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\twocolumngrid{\do@columngrid{mlt}{\tw@}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The corresponding command of \LaTeX\ is obsolete.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\twocolumn\@undefined
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Of course, \cmd\@topnewpage\ is also obsolete. Just do 
%\begin{quote}
% \cmd\clearpage\cmd\onecolumngrid<vertical mode material>\cmd\twocolumngrid.
%\end{quote}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\@topnewpage\@undefined
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% If your document class descends from one of \LaTeX's standard classes.dtx-derived
% classes, it will break. You must expunge from it all such commands.
% 
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{set@colroom} to \cs{set@colht}}
%
% Bug 571 note: it is not enough to have the \cmd\pagesofar, we must also deal with the \cmd\footsofar.
% At this juncture, we should treat the case where the document has an essentially two-column page grid, 
% with occasional excursions into the one-column grid. 
% If a footnote is set within the latter grid, its set width should be that of the two-column grid. 
%
% When a page is shipped out, if we are currently in a one-column grid, we will compose the footnotes onto the page
% in the form of balanced columns. This is only one way to handle footnotes: \classname{multicol}
% appears to set footnotes on the full text width.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\open@column@mlt#1{%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\open@column@mlt\string#1}}{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% At this point, we must \cmd\insert\ the footnotes back into the Main Vertical List.
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) coding convention: use \cs{bgroup}, \cs{egroup} (instead of braces) when a box is being built}%
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \@ifvoid{\footsofar}{}{%
  \insert\footins\bgroup\unvbox\footsofar\egroup
 }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Record which page grid we are using. Then calculate the set width (\cmd\hsize) and the goal height (\cmd\vsize).
%
% Klootch: we set the \cmd\count\cmd\footins\ to a magic number. This value is valid whether footnotes are being
% set on the column width or the full text width. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \gdef\thepagegrid{mlt}%
 \global\pagegrid@col#1%
 \global\pagegrid@cur\@ne
 \global\count\footins\@m
 \set@column@hsize\pagegrid@col
 \set@colht
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The procedure \cmd\shut@column@mlt\ ends the current column, balances the columns, and
% salts away all in \cmd\pagesofar. Because it is called in a message handler,
% we are assured that marks are handled properly.
% Attention: because this procedure balances columns, all footnotes are
% held aside in \cmd\footsofar\ for placement at the bottom of the page.
%
% Bug note: the last macro executed by this procedure is \cmd\set@colht, 
% but had been erroneously \cmd\set@colroom.
% I now believe that the latter should be changed pretty much everywhere to the former.
%
% This instance of \cmd\@makecolumn\ is building material for \cmd\pagesofar, rather than 
% for \cmd\shipout.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{@makecol} to \cs{@makecolumn} with argument}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{@combinepage} to \cs{@combinepage} with argument}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{set@colroom} to \cs{set@colht}}
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) calling sequence of \cs{combine@foot@inserts} and \cs{grid@column} to expose box registers; that of \cs{append@column@} its column counters}%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\shut@column@mlt{%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\shut@column@mlt}}{}%
 \@cclv@nontrivial@sw{%
  \@makecolumn\false@sw
  \@ifnum{\pagegrid@cur<\pagegrid@col}{%
   \expandafter\global\expandafter\setbox\csname col@\the\pagegrid@cur\endcsname\box\@outputbox
   \global\advance\pagegrid@cur\@ne
  }{}%
 }{%
  \void@cclv
 }%
 \@ifnum{\pagegrid@cur>\@ne}{%
  \csname balance@\the\pagegrid@col\endcsname
  \grid@column\@outputbox{}%
  \@combinepage\false@sw
  \@combinedblfloats
  \global\setbox\pagesofar\box\@outputbox
  \show@pagesofar@size
 }{}%
 \set@colht
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The procedure \cmd\float@column@mlt\ takes care of a float page that has been built by \cmd\@tryfcolumn,
% in the multi-column page grid. It is coincidentally identical to what happens in 
% \cmd\do@startpage\ when a page needs to be shipped out.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{New procedure \cs{@output@combined@page}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\float@column@mlt{%
  \@output@combined@page
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The procedure \cmd\end@column@mlt\ is executed at the end of \cmd\clearpage\ processing,
% if we were in a multi-column page grid, once all permissive float pages have been shipped out.
% If no floats are committed and if no columns are yet filled, we have nothing to do.
% Otherwise, we kick out a column and try again.
%
% Note that in our code to kick out a column, we must deal properly with the case where the column
% is trivial: it will have nothing but \cmd\topskip\ glue plus a protection box. We substitute an ordinary
% \cmd\null\ for the protection box.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\end@column@mlt{%
 \@ifx@empty\@toplist{%
  \@ifx@empty\@botlist{%
   \@ifx@empty\@dbltoplist{%
    \@ifx@empty\@deferlist{%
     \@ifnum{\pagegrid@cur=\@ne}{%
      \false@sw
     }{%
      \true@sw
     }%
    }{%
     \true@sw
    }%
   }{%
    \true@sw
   }%
  }{%
   \true@sw
  }%
 }{%
  \true@sw
 }%
 % true = kick out a column and try again
 {%
  \@cclv@nontrivial@sw{%
   \unvbox\@cclv\remove@lastbox
  }{%
   \unvbox\@cclv\remove@lastbox\unskip\null
  }%
  \protect@penalty\do@newpage@pen
  \protect@penalty\do@endpage@pen
 }{%
  \unvbox\@cclv\remove@lastbox
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The procedure \cmd\output@column@mlt (cf. \cmd\output@column@one)
% is dispatched from the output routine when
% we have completed a column in a multi-column page grid).
% (It replaces the \cmd\@outputdblcol\ of standard \LaTeX.)
% If a complete set of columns is at hand, it ships out the page and 
% lays down an interrupt for \cmd\do@startpage@pen, which will commit the 
% full-page-width floats to the next page.
% Like \cmd\output@column@mlt, this is followed by
% an output routine message to prepare a new column.
%
% If a page needs to be shipped out, it uses the same mechanism as \cmd\do@startpage.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{New procedure \cs{@output@combined@page}}
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) calling sequence of \cs{combine@foot@inserts} and \cs{grid@column} to expose box registers; that of \cs{append@column@} its column counters}%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\output@column@mlt{%
 \@ifnum{\pagegrid@cur<\pagegrid@col}{%
  \expandafter\global\expandafter\setbox\csname col@\the\pagegrid@cur\endcsname\box\@outputbox
  \global\advance\pagegrid@cur\@ne
 }{%
  \set@adj@colht\dimen@
  \grid@column\@outputbox{}%
  \@output@combined@page
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The procedure \cmd\output@column@mlt\ obsoletes \LaTeX's \cmd\@outputdblcol
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\@outputdblcol\@undefined
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The following procedure yields a Boolean value; it determines whether a float in the deferred queue
% is appropriate for placement in the column. In the multi-column grid, only those narrower than \cmd\textwidth\ are so.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@floatselect@sw@mlt#1{\@if@notdblfloat{#1}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The following procedure determines which side of the page a marginpar will appear.
% It reproduces the behavior of standard \LaTeX.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@addmarginpar@mlt{% emits a boolean
 \@ifnum{\pagegrid@cur=\@ne}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \cmd\set@footnotewidth@one\ sets the width of type within footnotes to span the full text width; 
% \cmd\set@footnotewidth@two\ to span a single column of the two-column grid, and 
% more generally \cmd\set@footnotewidth@mlt\ for a multi-column page grid. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\set@footnotewidth@one{%
 \hsize\columnwidth
 \linewidth\hsize
}%
\def\set@footnotewidth@two{\set@footnotewidth@mlt\tw@}%
\def\set@footnotewidth@mlt#1{%
 \hsize\textwidth
 \advance\hsize\columnsep
 \divide\hsize#1%
 \advance\hsize-\columnsep
 \linewidth\hsize
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \cmd\compose@footnotes\ is the procedure for arranging the footnotes for
% placement at the bottom of the page or column. 
% In the former case, the material will be shipped out; in the latter, we must allow
% the column to possibly be balanced later on. 
%
% \cmd\compose@footnotes@one\ is a no-op, because the footnotes require no rearrangement. 
% In a scheme where footnotes are set on the full text width, this would be the procedure called. 
%
% \cmd\compose@footnotes@two\ implements the case where a two-column document has been interrupted
% with full-page-width text (e.g., the widetext environment or the end of the document), 
% and a natural page break appears. 
%
% In either case, we assume that argument \verb+#1+ is an \cmd\insert\  register and must be assigned globally,
% so that when it is accessed with \cmd\box\ or \cmd\unvbox, it will be voided globally as well. 
% 
% To extend this scheme to a three-column page grid \cmd\compose@footnotes@thr@@\ would be created:
% it would balance the saved up footnotes into three columns. 
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\compose@footnotes@one#1{%
 \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\class@info{\string\compose@footnotes@one\string#1}\trace@box#1}{}%
}%
\let\compose@footnotes\compose@footnotes@one
\def\compose@footnotes@two#1{%
 \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\class@info{\string\compose@footnotes@two\string#1}\trace@box#1}{}%
 \setbox\z@\box\@tempboxa
 \let\recover@column\recover@column@null
 \let\marry@baselines\@empty
 \balance@two#1\@tempboxa
 \global\setbox#1\hbox to\textwidth{\box#1\hfil\box\@tempboxa}%
 \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\trace@box#1}{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Page grid utility procedures}
%
% \begin{macro}{\pagegrid@cur}
% \begin{macro}{\pagegrid@col}
% \begin{macro}{\pagegrid@init}
% We take over \LaTeX's \cmd\col@number, and \cmd\@leftcolumn, which are obsolete (\cmd\@holdpg\ could also be taken over). 
% We create two counters to hold the columns in the page grid and the current column within.
% We also create the first of a set of box registers to hold the committted columns.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\pagegrid@cur\col@number
\let\col@number\@undefined
\newcount\pagegrid@col
\pagegrid@cur\@ne
\expandafter\let\csname col@\the\pagegrid@cur\endcsname\@leftcolumn
\let\@leftcolumn\@undefined
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The default is for maximum two columns.
% If your class will require more columns, assign that number to \cmd\pagegrid@col\
% before \envb{document} time.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pagegrid@col\tw@
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The procedure \cmd\pagegrid@init\ is a loop, exercising \cmd\newbox\ sufficiently to create the 
% boxes for holding the columns in the page grid; these have names like \expandafter\cmd\csname col@1\endcsname, etc. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\pagegrid@init{%
 \advance\pagegrid@cur\@ne
 \@ifnum{\pagegrid@cur<\pagegrid@col}{%
  \csname newbox\expandafter\endcsname\csname  col@\the\pagegrid@cur\endcsname
  \pagegrid@init
 }{%
 }%
}%
\appdef\class@documenthook{%
 \pagegrid@init
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\grid@column}
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) calling sequence of \cs{combine@foot@inserts} and \cs{grid@column} to expose box registers; that of \cs{append@column@} its column counters}%
% The procedure \cmd\grid@column\ knows how to lay up the columns in a multi-column page grid.
% It uses utility procedures \cmd\append@column@\ and \cmd\box@column.
%
% The first argument is the box register to create, usually \cmd\@outputbox, and provides both input and output. 
% The second argument a dimension, allowing us to strut down the depth of the box we create. 
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\grid@column#1#2{%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\grid@column\string#1}}{}%
 \global\setbox#1\vbox\bgroup
  \hb@xt@\textwidth\bgroup
   \vrule\@height\z@\@width\z@\@if@empty{#2}{}{\@depth#2}%
   \pagegrid@cur\@ne
   \@ifnum{\pagegrid@cur<\pagegrid@col}{\loopwhile{\append@column@\pagegrid@cur\pagegrid@col}}{}%
   \box@column#1%
  \egroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% FIXME: page depth!
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \vskip\z@skip
 \egroup
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\append@column@}
% \begin{macro}{\box@column}
% \begin{macro}{\marry@baselines}
% The procedure \cmd\append@column@\ appends columns for \cmd\grid@column,
% \cmd\box@column\ builds the columns for \cmd\append@column@,
% and \cmd\marry@baselines\ pastes vertical things back together.
% \changes{4.0a}{2001/06/18}{Introduce \cs{marry@height} }
%
% Note that \cmd\box@column\ makes an attempt to prevent excessive \cmd\topskip\
% or \cmd\baselineskip\ glue
% from being applied by \TeX\ when \cmd\@outputbox\ is contributed to the MVL.
% If this is not done, it is possible to get into an infinite loop in the corner case,
% wherein the page grid is changed to one column and the balanced-up columns are
% already sufficient to fill the page.
%
% Note (AO 0920):  I have changed the dimension involved with \cmd\box@column\ from
% \cmd\vsize\ to \cmd\textheight, because the former is certainly not the correct value
% to use: it will change if floats have been placed in the last column of the page.
% I believe \cmd\textheight\ is the correct parameter to use here.
%
% A REVTeX4 user, Sergey Strelkov (strelkov@maik.rssi.ru), wants the option
% of ragged-bottom columns. Implementing this feature properly means reboxing the 
% columns to their natural height only if \cmd\raggedcolumn@sw\ is true.
% Otherwise, they get reboxed to their common height (\cmd\@colht?).
%
% Note that the default has hereby changed from ragged to flush. 
% It's not clear that anyone but Sergey will notice.
%
% The macro \cmd\marry@skip\  addresses (in a limited way)
% the fact that neither the value of \cmd\baselineskip\ nor that of \cmd\topskip\
% can be relied upon for the purpose of marrying the baselines of two split columns.
% (Because there might have been a local change to their values at the point where
% the output routine got triggered.)
%
% For best results, your document class should call for grid changes only when in basal text
% settings. The \cmd\marry@baselines\ procedure will use the values appropriate to that point
% when attempting to put the columns back together.
%
% In any case, we are not attempting to solve the more general problem of how to marry baselines
% where the leading can change arbitrarily within the galley or where glue could have been trimmed
% at a page top.
%
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) calling sequence of \cs{combine@foot@inserts} and \cs{grid@column} to expose box registers; that of \cs{append@column@} its column counters}%
% Procedure \cmd\append@column@\ composes a column onto the horizontal list along with its \cmd\columnseprule. 
% Its arguments are: \verb+#1+---\cmd\pagegrid@cur, and \verb+#2+---\cmd\pagegrid@col
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\append@column@#1#2{%
 \expandafter\box@column\csname col@\the#1\endcsname
 \hfil\vrule\@width\columnseprule\hfil
 \advance#1\@ne
%    \end{macrocode}
% This procedure is the argument of \cmd\loopwhile, so it must leave a Boolean (e.g., \cmd\true@sw) in \TeX's scanner. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \@ifnum{#1<#2}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) calling sequence of \cs{combine@foot@inserts} and \cs{grid@column} to expose box registers; that of \cs{append@column@} its column counters}%
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) coding convention: use \cs{bgroup}, \cs{egroup} (instead of braces) when a box is being built}%
% Procdure \cmd\box@column, used by \cmd\append@column@, puts down a box containing the specified column.
% Its height is adjusted down to \cmd\@colht, if needed; likewise, the width is set to \cmd\columnwidth. 
% The rag at the bottom is controlled by \cmd\raggedcolumn@skip. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\box@column#1{%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\box@column\string#1}}{}%
 \raise\topskip
 \hb@xt@\columnwidth\bgroup
  \dimen@\ht#1\@ifdim{\dimen@>\@colht}{\dimen@\@colht}{}%
  \count@\vbadness\vbadness\@M
  \dimen@ii\vfuzz\vfuzz\maxdimen
  \ltxgrid@info@sw{\saythe\@colht\saythe\dimen@}{}%
  \vtop to\dimen@\bgroup
   \hrule\@height\z@
   \unvbox#1%
   \raggedcolumn@skip
  \egroup
  \vfuzz\dimen@ii
  \vbadness\count@
  \hss
 \egroup
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The purpose of procedure \cmd\marry@baselines\ is to ensure that the baseline spacing is correct; 
% it does this by making adjustments to the previous line, compensating for its depth, and by adding in 
% skip glue in an amount that assumes the added material has \cmd\topskip\ glue above. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\marry@baselines{%
 \begingroup
  \setbox\z@\lastbox
  \@ifvoid{\z@}{%
   \endgroup
  }{%
   \aftergroup\kern
   \aftergroup-%
   \expandafter\box\expandafter\z@\expandafter\endgroup\the\dp\z@\relax
  }%
 \vskip\marry@skip\relax
}%
\gdef\marry@skip{\z@skip}%
\def\set@marry@skip{%
 \begingroup
  \skip@\baselineskip\advance\skip@-\topskip
  \@ifdim{\skip@>\z@}{%
   \xdef\marry@skip{\the\skip@}%
  }{}%
 \endgroup
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Use \cs{document@inithook} instead of \cs{AtBeginDocument}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\appdef\document@inithook{%
 \@ifxundefined\raggedcolumn@sw{\@booleanfalse\raggedcolumn@sw}{}%
}%
\def\raggedcolumn@skip{%
 \vskip\z@\raggedcolumn@sw{\@plus.0001fil\@minus.0001fil}{}\relax
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@combinepage}
% The procedure \cmd\@combinepage\ prepends the stored page (\cmd\pagesofar) to \cmd\@outputbox\ and
% employs \cmd\@combineinserts\ to lay down the footnotes. 
% The next event will usually be shipping out the made-up page, but not always. 
% Therefore the argument of \cmd\@combinepage, which must be a Boolean, determines
% if the footnotes are to be combined into this page.
% 
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{@combinepage} to \cs{@combinepage} with argument}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{(AO, 452) Support length checking: show size of shipped out text.}
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
%
% QUERY: In the following, if \cmd\box\cmd\footins\ is not void, its contents are lost. Can this ever happen?
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@combinepage#1{%
 \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\class@info{\string\@combinepage\string#1}}{}%
 \@ifvoid\pagesofar{}{%
  \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{%
   \unvbox\pagesofar
   \marry@baselines
   \unvbox\@outputbox
  }%
 }%
 #1{%
  \@ifvoid\footsofar{}{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% At this point, \cmd\footins\ is empty; all of the footnotes have been combined into \cmd\footsofar.
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \show@box@size{Combining page footnotes}\footsofar
   \setbox\footins\box\footsofar
%    \end{macrocode}
% Depending on the page grid, we compose the footnotes for placement on the page. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \compose@footnotes
   \@combineinserts\@outputbox\footins
  }%
 }{%
%    \end{macrocode}
%QUERY: The following line was removed, probably to fix a bug. When was this done?
%    \begin{verbatim}
% \global\setbox\footins\box\footsofar
%    \end{verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@cflt}
% \begin{macro}{\@cflb}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{}
% We modify \LaTeX's \cmd\@cflt\ and \cmd\@cflb\ to remove the unwanted glue with \cmd\unskip.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def \@cflt{%
 \let \@elt \@comflelt
 \setbox\@tempboxa \vbox{}%
 \@toplist
 \setbox\@outputbox \vbox{%
  \boxmaxdepth \maxdepth
  \unvbox\@tempboxa\unskip
  \topfigrule\vskip \textfloatsep
  \unvbox\@outputbox
 }%
 \let\@elt\relax
 \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@toplist}%
 \global\let\@toplist\@empty
}%
\def \@cflb {%
 \let\@elt\@comflelt
 \setbox\@tempboxa \vbox{}%
 \@botlist
 \setbox\@outputbox \vbox{%
  \unvbox\@outputbox
  \vskip \textfloatsep\botfigrule
  \unvbox\@tempboxa\unskip
 }%
 \let\@elt\relax
 \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@botlist}%
 \global \let \@botlist\@empty
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@combinedblfloats}
% We modify \LaTeX's \cmd\@combinedblfloats\ to be more appropriate for incremental page building:
% we \cmd\unvbox\ the \cmd\@outputbox.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@combinedblfloats{%
 \@ifx@empty\@dbltoplist{}{%
  \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{}%
  \let\@elt\@comdblflelt\@dbltoplist
  \let\@elt\relax\xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@dbltoplist}%
  \global\let\@dbltoplist\@empty
  \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{%
   %\boxmaxdepth\maxdepth   %% probably not needed, CAR
   \unvbox\@tempboxa\unskip
   \@ifnum{\@dbltopnum>\m@ne}{\dblfigrule}{}%FIXME: how is \@dbltopnum maintained?
   \vskip\dbltextfloatsep
   \unvbox\@outputbox
  }%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\set@column@hsize}%
% The procedure \cmd\set@column@hsize\ takes care of setting up the horizontal dimensions
% for the current page grid. The present routine will certainly not be adequate for more
% complex page layouts (e.g., with a side column), but works for the common ones.
% \changes{4.0a}{2001/06/18}{Introduce \cs{set@marry@height} }
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\set@column@hsize#1{%
 \pagegrid@col#1%
 \global\columnwidth\textwidth
 \global\advance\columnwidth\columnsep
 \global\divide\columnwidth\pagegrid@col
 \global\advance\columnwidth-\columnsep
 \global\hsize\columnwidth
 \global\linewidth\columnwidth
 \skip@\baselineskip\advance\skip@-\topskip
 \@ifnum{\pagegrid@col>\@ne}{\set@marry@skip}{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\set@colht}%
% \begin{macro}{\set@colroom}%
% \begin{macro}{\set@vsize}%
% \begin{macro}{\set@adj@colht}%
% The story of \cmd\textheight, \cmd\@colht, \cmd\@colroom, and \cmd\vsize.
%
% \cmd\textheight---height of the text column. Not a running parameter, however, each time a page is 
% shipped out, the \cmd\textheight\ could in principle be altered. This must be done before
%
% \cmd\@colht---\cmd\textheight\ minus the height of any full-page-width floats. The latter are committed
% only just after shipping out, and only if we are in a multicolumn page grid.
% Therefore, \cmd\@colht\ should be set after a \cmd\shipout\ (by \cmd\@outputpage) and
% will be adjusted when full-page-width floats are committed to the fresh page by \cmd\do@startpage.
%
% \cmd\@colroom---\cmd\@colht\ (adjusted by \cmd\pagesofar) minus the height of any column-width floats.
% The latter are committed anywhere on the page, at which point \cmd\@colroom\ must be adjusted.
% Therefore, \cmd\@colroom\ should be set (by \cmd\set@colroom) whenever a column is prepared (by ).
%FIXME: committed (by \cmd\output@column@) and
% will be adjusted (by \cmd\@add@float\ or \cmd\do@startcolumn) whenever a float is committted to the column.
%
% \cmd\vsize---\cmd\@colroom.
% Therefore, \cmd\vsize\ should be set (by \cmd\set@vsize) whenever
% the \cmd\@colroom\ is set (by \cmd\set@colroom) or adjusted (by \cmd\@add@float\ or \cmd\do@startcolumn)
%FIXME: or when the \cmd\pagesofar\ box is changed (after invoking \cmd\open@column@).
%
% Question: what if there are committed floats? Footnotes?
% Answer: full-page-width floats are only committed at top, and they are already reckoned with in \cmd\@colht.
% Column-width committed floats are incorporated by \cmd\@makecolumn.
%
% As to footnotes, our scheme is to keep the \cmd\footins\ insert register up to date, and to use the insert mechanism 
% to ensure room for footnotes. 
% When a change is made to the page grid, the footnotes will need to be propagated back into the MVL. 
%
% Note: FIXME: adjusting for \cmd\pagesofar\ is done at not quite the right time. I need to reexamine \cmd\set@colht,
% because \cmd\@dbltoplist\ and \cmd\pagesofar\ really should be on the same footing.
% Perhaps \cmd\@colht\ and \cmd\@colroom\ should both deal with their respective ``lists'' in the same way?
%
% These concerns will be particularly germane if we ever extend this package to deal with full-page-width floats
% placed at the bottom of the page, or committed on the same page as called out.
%
% It occurs to me that we should ditch \cmd\set@colroom\ and only ever execute \cmd\set@colht, 
% which sets \cmd\@colroom\ as a side effect.
% If so, we can make \cmd\@colht\ take \cmd\pagesofar\ into account, as it should. Then \cmd\@colht\ will return to its 
% original significance as the value that \cmd\@colroom\ is set to after a column is committed.
%
% On the other hand, why not simply forget all this caching and (re-)calculate \cmd\vsize\ as late as possible?
% Particularly, \cmd\@colht\ is an artifact of the old way of doing things, where once it was set, it would never change.
% 
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\set@colht{%
 \set@adj@textheight\@colht
 \global\let\enlarge@colroom\@empty
 \set@colroom
}%
\def\set@adj@textheight#1{%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\set@adj@textheight\string#1}\saythe\textheight}{}%
 #1\textheight
 \def\@elt{\adj@page#1}%
 \@booleantrue\firsttime@sw\@dbltoplist
 \let\@elt\relax
 \global#1#1\relax
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\saythe#1}{}%
}%
\def\set@colroom{%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\set@colroom}}{}%
 \set@adj@colht\@colroom
 \@if@empty\enlarge@colroom{}{%
  \global\advance\@colroom\enlarge@colroom\relax
  \ltxgrid@info@sw{\saythe\@colroom}{}%
 }%
 \@ifdim{\@colroom>\topskip}{}{%
  \ltxgrid@info{Not enough room: \string\@colroom=\the\@colroom; increasing to \the\topskip}%
  \@colroom\topskip
 }%
 \global\@colroom\@colroom
%<ignore> \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\set@colroom\string\vsize=\string\colroom}\saythe\vsize}{}%
 \set@vsize
}%
%
\def\set@vsize{%
 \global\vsize\@colroom
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\set@vsize\string\vsize=\string\colroom}\saythe\vsize}{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\set@adj@colht#1{%
 #1\@colht
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\set@adj@colht\string#1-\string\pagesofar}\saythe#1}{}%
 \@ifvoid\pagesofar{}{%
  \advance#1-\ht\pagesofar\advance#1-\dp\pagesofar
  \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\pagesofar}\saythe#1}{}%
 }%
 \def\@elt{\adj@column#1}%
 \@booleantrue\firsttime@sw\@toplist
 \@booleantrue\firsttime@sw\@botlist
 \let\@elt\relax
}%
\def\adj@column#1#2{%
 \advance#1-\ht#2%
 \advance#1-\firsttime@sw{\textfloatsep\@booleanfalse\firsttime@sw}{\floatsep}%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\adj@column\string#1-\string#2}\saythe#1}{}%
}%
\def\adj@page#1#2{%
 \advance#1-\ht#2%
 \advance#1-\firsttime@sw{\dbltextfloatsep\@booleanfalse\firsttime@sw}{\dblfloatsep}%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\adj@page\string#1-\string#2}\saythe#1}{}%
}%
\def\set@adj@box#1#2{%
 \@ifvoid#2{}{%
  \advance#1-\ht#2\advance#1-\dp#2%
  \@booleantrue\temp@sw
  \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\class@info{\string\set@adj@box\string#2}\saythe#1}{}%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@outputpage@tail}%
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Procedure \cs{@outputpage@tail} tailpatches \cs{@outputpage}}%
% In \cmd\@outputpage@tail, we set \cmd\@colht\ and the float placement parameters
% (this is the one point where it is appropriate to set \cmd\@colht).
% At \cmd\do@startpage\ time, we adjust \cmd\@colht's value to reflect committed 
% full-page-width floats.
%
% Note: with a correctly written output routine, a call to \cmd\@outputpage\ will inevitably be 
% followed by a call to \cmd\do@startpage, so these procedure calls would be unneeded.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\appdef\@outputpage@tail{%
 \set@colht          % FIXME: needed?
 \@floatplacement    % FIXME: needed?
 \@dblfloatplacement % FIXME: needed?
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{balance@2}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Procedure \cs{balance@2} defined more transparently}%
% We define procedures for balancing columns in a multicolumn layout.
% For now, we define only one: a procedure for the two-column grid.
% All others will simply \cmd\relax\ out.
%
% The following code defines \verb+\balance@2+ without all the clunky \cmd\csname\ commands
% in the replacement part,
% which appears on the right-hand side of the assignment to \cmd\toks@.
%
% The method is straightforward: balance the two columns of text, and balance the footnotes.
% Later on, \cmd\@combineinserts\ will be called to place the footnotes after the now-balanced columns.
%
% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/14}{(AO, 519) \cs{footins} content must be preserved and reintegrated}
% It was necessary to deal with the case where \cmd\box\cmd\footsofar\ was not empty
% upon execution of this balancing code. We store it away in \cmd\box\cmd\footins\ and
% add it back in afterwards.
%
% Here is a conundrum: if we switch between single-, two-, and three-column page grids:
% On what measure should the footnotes be set?
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup
 \catcode`\1=\cat@letter
 \catcode`\2=\cat@letter
%    \end{macrocode}
% \cmd\toks@\ contains the repacement part for an effective \cmd\def\cs{balance@2}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \toks@{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \cmd\balance@two, by side effect, strips footnotes into \cmd\box\cmd\footins. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \setbox\footins\box\footsofar
  \balance@two\col@1\@outputbox
%    \end{macrocode}
% We ensure that the box assignments are global. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \global\setbox\col@1\box\col@1
  \global\setbox\@outputbox\box\@outputbox
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following line puts all footnotes into the footnote galley, \cmd\footsofar.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \combine@foot@inserts\footsofar\footins
 }%
 \aftergroup\def\aftergroup\balance@2\expandafter
\endgroup\expandafter{\the\toks@}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\balance@two}
% The procedure \cmd\balance@two\ takes two columns and balances them; in the process it removes
% any footnotes that may be present to a place of safety \cmd\footsofar, 
% for later placement at the foot of the shipped-out page. 
% The box register \cmd\box\cmd\@ne\ is the aggregate of all columns.
% The box register \cmd\box\cmd \z@\ is the last column.
% The box register \cmd\box\cmd\tw@\ is the first column.
% The \cmd\dimen\ register \cmd\dimen@\  is the trial value to \cmd\vsplit\ to, 
% initially half the height of \cmd\box\cmd\@ne.
% The \cmd\dimen\ register \cmd\dimen@i\ is the increment for the next trial;
% its initial value is equal to the initial value of \cmd\dimen@.
% The \cmd\dimen\ register \cmd\dimen@ii\ is the difference of the heights of the two columns.
%
% The procedure uses a binary search for that value of \cmd\dimen@\ which is stable to within .5\cmd\p@\ and which
% makes the last column be shorter than the others.
%
% This procedure can be extended to multiple columns simply by changing it to execute \cmd\vsplit\ multiple
% times (one less than the total number of columns in the page layout) and to calculating \cmd\dimen@ii\
% to be the difference of the heights of last column and the \cmd\dimen@.
% Upon termination of the search, one would excute the \cmd\vsplit s once again, this time 
% using the actual \cmd\col@\ box registers to store the 
% balanced columns, thereby clobbering their former contents.
%
% Bug Note:
% as originally written, this macro had a bug, which is well worth avoiding under similar circumstances anywhere.
% So, learn from the mistakes of others, as they say.
% In trying to remove the depth of the boxes created via \cmd\vsplit\ within the \cmd\loopwhile\ control,
% I originally coded
% \cmd\unvbox
% \cmd\z@\
% \cmd\setbox
% \cmd\z@
% \cmd\lastbox\
% \cmd\dimen@
% \cmd\dp
% \cmd\z@\
% \cmd\box
% \cmd\z@\
% \cmd\vskip-%
% \cmd\dimen@.
% The error here is that the (horizontal) shift of the last box in the vertical list will be lost in the process.
% Simply put, \cmd\setbox\cmd\z@\cmd\lastbox\ fails to retain the shift of the box node in the vertical list,
% and when it is put down again via \cmd\box\cmd\z@, it will no longer have the correct shift.
%
% This bug affected things placed in the MVL with \cmd\moveleft, \cmd\moveright, \cmd\parshape, and 
% \cmd\hangindent, as well as things shifted by \TeX's primitive mechanisms.
%
% A superior strategy for removing the depth of the last line of the list is more expensive, but safer:
% make a separate copy of the list, measure the depth of the last box as above, but then discard
% the list, retaining only the value of the dimension.
% 
% Note that this procedure will not work if the material within is excessively chunky.
% A particular failure mode exists where none of the material is allocated to the last (right) column.
% We detect this case and revert to unbalanced columns.
%
% Another failure mode is where a large chunk occurs at the beginning of the composite box.
% In this case, the left column may fill up even when \cmd\dimen@\ is very small.
% If this configuration leaves the left column longer than the right, then we are done,
% but \cmd\dimen@\ by  no means represents the height of either finished box.
%
% Therefore the last step in the process is to rebox the two columns to a common height determined
% independently of the balancing process.
%
% The dimension involved is checked against the current \cmd\@colroom\ to guard against the case where
% excessive material happens to fall in either column.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Change \cs{set@colroom} to \cs{set@colht}}
% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/02}{More diagnostics of column balancing}
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) coding convention: use \cs{bgroup}, \cs{egroup} (instead of braces) when a box is being built}%
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) Footnotes, when columns are balanced or when they are composed with their column}%
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) Change \cs{balance@two}'s balancing algorithm to more successfully balance extremely short columns.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\balance@two#1#2{%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\balance@two\string#1\string#2}}{}%
 \outputdebug@sw{\trace@scroll{\showbox#1\showbox#2}}{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The first step is to recover the footnotes from the bottoms of the two columns (globally, into \cmd\footsofar)
% and to combine the text into \cmd\box\cmd\@ne, but without voiding either of the argument boxes. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \setbox\thr@@\copy\footsofar
 \setbox\@ne\vbox\bgroup
  \@ifvoid{#1}{}{%
   \recover@column#1\footsofar\column@recovered\footins@recovered
   \@ifvoid{#2}{}{\marry@baselines}%
  }%
  \@ifvoid{#2}{}{%
   \recover@column#2\footsofar\column@recovered\footins@recovered
  }%
 \egroup
 \outputdebug@sw{\trace@scroll{\showbox\@ne}}{}%
 \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\trace@scroll{\showbox\footsofar}}{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Hereunder, \cmd\dimen@\ is the split value. We adjust it until the step size is small enough, while the split is acceptable. 
% Also, \cmd\dimen@i\ is the step size. Once this value is greater than a half point, we must iterate. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \dimen@\ht\@ne\divide\dimen@\tw@
 \dimen@i\dimen@
 \vbadness\@M
 \vfuzz\maxdimen
 \splittopskip\topskip
 \loopwhile{%
  \setbox\z@\copy\@ne\setbox\tw@\vsplit\z@ to\dimen@
  \remove@depth\z@\remove@depth\tw@
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following line would provide a diagnostic of the iterations of column balancing, were we to use it.
%    \begin{verbatim}
%  \outputdebug@sw{\trace@scroll{\showbox\tw@\showbox\z@}}{}%
%    \end{verbatim}
% Hereunder, \cmd\dimen@ii\ is used to reckon the difference in height between the left box and the right. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \dimen@ii\ht\tw@\advance\dimen@ii-\ht\z@
  \dimen@i=.5\dimen@i
  \ltxgrid@info@sw{\saythe\dimen@\saythe\dimen@i\saythe\dimen@ii}{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the columns are within a half-point of each other, 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \@ifdim{\dimen@ii<.5\p@}{%
   \@ifdim{\dimen@ii>-.5\p@}%
  }{%
   \false@sw
  }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The above results in a Boolean, which now chooses between the following two brace-delimited clauses.
% If the step size is less than a half-point, then terminate the loop. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  {%
   \true@sw
  }{%
   \@ifdim{\dimen@i<.5\p@}%
  }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The above results in a Boolean, which now chooses between the following two brace-delimited clauses.
% The true-part terminates the loop, otherwise iterate. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  {%
   \false@sw
  }%
  {%
%    \end{macrocode}
% For the next iteration, the candidate split dimension \cmd\dimen@\ will be one step larger 
% if the height of the left box is less than that of the right box. 
% Otherwise it will be one step smaller. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \advance\dimen@\@ifdim{\dimen@ii<\z@}{}{-}\dimen@i
   \true@sw
  }%
 }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The loop has terminated.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\saythe\dimen@\saythe\dimen@i\saythe\dimen@ii}{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The algorithm has failed to find a satisfactory result if
% the left column is of non-zero height and the right column is of zero height. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \@ifdim{\ht\z@=\z@}{%
  \@ifdim{\ht\tw@=\z@}%
 }{%
  \true@sw
 }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The \cmd\false@sw\ branch is executed if the algorithm has failed. 
% We restore the original boxes. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
 {%
 }{%
  \ltxgrid@info{Unsatifactorily balanced columns: giving up}%
  \setbox\tw@\box#1%
  \setbox\z@ \box#2%
  \global\setbox\footsofar\box\thr@@
 }%
 \setbox\tw@\vbox{\unvbox\tw@\vskip\z@skip}%
 \setbox\z@ \vbox{\unvbox\z@ \vskip\z@skip}%
 \set@colht
 \dimen@\ht\z@\@ifdim{\dimen@<\ht\tw@}{\dimen@\ht\tw@}{}%
 \@ifdim{\dimen@>\@colroom}{\dimen@\@colroom}{}%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\saythe{\ht\z@}\saythe{\ht\tw@}\saythe\@colroom\saythe\dimen@}{}%
 \setbox#1\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox\tw@\unskip\raggedcolumn@skip}%
 \setbox#2\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox\z@ \unskip\raggedcolumn@skip}%
 \outputdebug@sw{\trace@scroll{\showbox#1\showbox#2}}{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Procedure \cmd\remove@depth\ rearranges the given (vertical) box register so that it has zero depth. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\remove@depth#1{%
  \setbox#1\vbox\bgroup
   \unvcopy#1%
   \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup
    \unvbox#1%
    \setbox\z@\lastbox
    \aftergroup\kern\aftergroup-\expandafter
   \egroup
   \the\dp\z@\relax
  \egroup
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) Abandon \cs{recover@footins} in favor of \cs{recover@column}}%
% Procedure \cmd\recover@column\ is a utility to separate a column box into text and footnotes;
% the former being contributed to the current (vertical) list, the latter appended to the given register, usually \cmd\footsofar. 
% 
% Argument \verb+#1+ is the input: it should be a \cmd\vbox, and it remains unaltered. 
% Argument \verb+#2+ is the box into which to (globally) add the footnotes, usually \cmd\footsofar.
% Arguments \verb+#3+ and \verb+#4+ are scratch box registers to use in this calculation.
% As a side effect, \verb+#3+ will be unboxed into whatever vertical mode we are in at the moment (should be a \cmd\vbox). 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\recover@column#1#2#3#4{%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info{\string\recover@column\string#1\string#2\string#3\string#4}}{}%
 \setbox#4\vbox{\unvcopy#1}%
 \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\trace@scroll{\showbox#4}}{}%
 \dimen@\ht#4%
 \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\saythe\dimen@}{}%
 \setbox#4\vbox\bgroup
  \unvbox#4\unskip
%    \end{macrocode}
% We now strip the footnotes from the bottom of this box, adding them to \cmd\footsofar.
% The method relies on a signal, consisting of a complementary pair of kerns, placed at the bottom of the box by \cmd\@combineinserts. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \dimen@i\lastkern\unkern\advance\dimen@i\lastkern
  \@ifdim{\dimen@i=\z@}{%
   \dimen@i\lastkern\unkern
   \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\saythe\dimen@i}{}%
   \aftergroup\dimen@i
   \expandafter\egroup\the\dimen@i\relax
  }{%
   \egroup
  }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Split the column into \verb+#3+ and the footnote into \verb+#4+.
% Append the footnote to \verb+#2+.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \@ifdim{\dimen@i<\z@}{%
  \advance\dimen@\dimen@i
  \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\saythe\dimen@i\saythe\dimen@}{}%
  \splittopskip\z@skip
  \global\setbox#3\vsplit#4 to\dimen@
  \global\setbox#4\vbox{\unvbox#4}%
  \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\trace@scroll{\showbox#1\showbox#2\showbox#3\showbox#4}}{}%
  \global\setbox#2\vbox\bgroup\unvbox#2\vskip\z@skip\unvbox#4\egroup
 }{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% What if \cmd\dimen@i\ is zero? 
% In that case, \cmd\setbox\#3\cmd\box\#4, and do not touch \cmd\box\#2.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \setbox#3\box#4%
  \ltxgrid@foot@info@sw{\trace@scroll{\showbox#1\showbox#2\showbox#3\showbox#4}}{}%
 }%
 \unvbox#3%
 \loopwhile{\dimen@\lastskip\@ifdim{\dimen@>\z@}{\unskip\true@sw}{\false@sw}}%
}%
\def\recover@column@null#1#2#3#4{%
 \unvcopy#1%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@begindocumenthook}
% Initialization:
% we initialize to the page grid named ``one''.
% If the class decides to initially set type in a different grid, it
% should execute these same commands, but changing the first to the appropriate procedure.
%
% Note that the point where this sequence is executed would be an excellent place to arrange for 
% floats to be committed to the first page of a document. 
% That is, we execute \cmd\do@startpage, which triggers \cmd\do@startcolumn.
%
% FIXME: it should be the job of the page grid to determine the procedure to execute at 
% the start of the job. Make this a hook.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\rvtx@ifformat@geq{2020-10-01}%
  {%
    \AddToHook{begindocument}{%
      \open@column@one\@ne
      \set@colht
      \@floatplacement
      \@dblfloatplacement
    }%
  }{%
    \prepdef\@begindocumenthook{%
     \open@column@one\@ne
     \set@colht
     \@floatplacement
     \@dblfloatplacement
    }%
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% Comment: our technique of balancing columns is severely limited, because it cannot properly work
% with \env{longtable}, which places material at the bottom and top of the column break.
%
% The proper way to handle a grid change in the middle of the page is to accumulate all the material for
% an entire article (or chapter) and then assemble finished pages therefrom. This approach is fundamentally
% superior for complex layouts: it corresponds to real-world workflows.
% Such a scheme is an excellent subject for another \LaTeX\ package.
%
%
% \subsection{Patches for the longtable package}%
%
% \LaTeX's ``required'' package \classname{longtable} (written by David P. Carlilsle),
% which is part of /latex/required/tools, is incmpatible with both
% \LaTeX's ``required'' package \classname{multicol} and with
% \LaTeX's native \cmd\twocolumn\ capability. There is no essential reason
% for this incompatability, aside from implementation details, and the
% \classname{ltxgrid} package gives us the ability to lift them.
%
% Only four of \classname{longtable}'s procedures require rewriting:
% \cmd\longtable,
% \cmd\endlongtable,
% \cmd\LT@start, and
% \cmd\LT@end@hd@ft. 
% The procedure \cmd\switch@longtable\ checks against their expected meanings
% and, if all is as expected, applies the patches.
% In the process, we simplify things considerably and also make them more
% secure.
%
% Why does \classname{longtable} need to access the output routine, anyway?
% What it comes down to, is what happens when a pagebreak falls within a
% long table. If this happens, we would like to append a row at the bottom of
% the broken table and add a row at the top of the next page.
%
% These things can be accomodated easily by the \classname{ltxgrid} output
% routine hooks.
%
% \begin{macro}{\longtable}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\longtable@longtable{%
 \par
 \ifx\multicols\@undefined\else\ifnum\col@number>\@ne\@twocolumntrue\fi\fi
 \if@twocolumn\LT@err{longtable not in 1-column mode}\@ehc\fi
 \begingroup
 \@ifnextchar[\LT@array{\LT@array[x]}%
}%
\def\longtable@new{%
 \par
  \@ifnextchar[\LT@array{\LT@array[x]}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\endlongtable}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\endlongtable@longtable{%
  \crcr
  \noalign{%
    \let\LT@entry\LT@entry@chop
    \xdef\LT@save@row{\LT@save@row}}%
  \LT@echunk
  \LT@start
  \unvbox\z@
  \LT@get@widths
  \if@filesw
    {\let\LT@entry\LT@entry@write\immediate\write\@auxout{%
      \gdef\expandafter\noexpand
        \csname LT@\romannumeral\c@LT@tables\endcsname
          {\LT@save@row}}}%
  \fi
  \ifx\LT@save@row\LT@@save@row
  \else
    \LT@warn{Column \@width s have changed\MessageBreak
             in table \thetable}%
    \LT@final@warn
  \fi
  \endgraf\penalty -\LT@end@pen
  \endgroup
  \global\@mparbottom\z@
  \pagegoal\vsize
  \endgraf\penalty\z@\addvspace\LTpost
  \ifvoid\footins\else\insert\footins{}\fi
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{4.1a}{2008/06/29}{Repair error in \cs{endlongtable@new} involving \cs{@ifx}: argument not delimited.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\endlongtable@new{%
  \crcr
  \noalign{%
   \let\LT@entry\LT@entry@chop
   \xdef\LT@save@row{\LT@save@row}%
  }%
  \LT@echunk
  \LT@start
  \unvbox\z@
  \LT@get@widths
  \@if@sw\if@filesw\fi{%
   {%
    \let\LT@entry\LT@entry@write
    \immediate\write\@auxout{%
     \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname LT@\romannumeral\c@LT@tables\endcsname
     {\LT@save@row}%
    }%
   }%
  }{}%
  \@ifx{\LT@save@row\LT@@save@row}{}{%
   \LT@warn{%
    Column \@width s have changed\MessageBreak in table \thetable
   }\LT@final@warn
  }%
  \endgraf
  \nobreak
  \box\@ifvoid\LT@lastfoot{\LT@foot}{\LT@lastfoot}%
 \global\@mparbottom\z@
 \endgraf
 \LT@post
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\LT@start}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\LT@start@longtable{%
  \let\LT@start\endgraf
  \endgraf\penalty\z@\vskip\LTpre
  \dimen@\pagetotal
  \advance\dimen@ \ht\ifvoid\LT@firsthead\LT@head\else\LT@firsthead\fi
  \advance\dimen@ \dp\ifvoid\LT@firsthead\LT@head\else\LT@firsthead\fi
  \advance\dimen@ \ht\LT@foot
  \dimen@ii\vfuzz
  \vfuzz\maxdimen
    \setbox\tw@\copy\z@
    \setbox\tw@\vsplit\tw@ to \ht\@arstrutbox
    \setbox\tw@\vbox{\unvbox\tw@}%
  \vfuzz\dimen@ii
  \advance\dimen@ \ht
        \ifdim\ht\@arstrutbox>\ht\tw@\@arstrutbox\else\tw@\fi
  \advance\dimen@\dp
        \ifdim\dp\@arstrutbox>\dp\tw@\@arstrutbox\else\tw@\fi
  \advance\dimen@ -\pagegoal
  \ifdim \dimen@>\z@\vfil\break\fi
      \global\@colroom\@colht
  \ifvoid\LT@foot\else
    \advance\vsize-\ht\LT@foot
    \global\advance\@colroom-\ht\LT@foot
    \dimen@\pagegoal\advance\dimen@-\ht\LT@foot\pagegoal\dimen@
    \maxdepth\z@
  \fi
  \ifvoid\LT@firsthead\copy\LT@head\else\box\LT@firsthead\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% At some point before version 4.11, the \cmd\nobreak\ was added. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\nobreak
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \output{\LT@output}%
}%
\def\LT@start@new{%
 \let\LT@start\endgraf
 \endgraf
 \markthr@@{}%
 \LT@pre
 \@ifvoid\LT@firsthead{\LT@top}{\box\LT@firsthead\nobreak}%
 \mark@envir{longtable}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\LT@end}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\LT@end@hd@ft@longtable#1{%
 \LT@echunk
 \ifx\LT@start\endgraf
  \LT@err{Longtable head or foot not at start of table}{Increase LTchunksize}%
 \fi
 \setbox#1\box\z@
 \LT@get@widths\LT@bchunk
}%
\def\LT@end@hd@ft@new#1{%
 \LT@echunk
 \@ifx{\LT@start\endgraf}{%
  \LT@err{Longtable head or foot not at start of table}{Increase LTchunksize}%
 }%
 \global\setbox#1\box\z@
 \LT@get@widths
 \LT@bchunk
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\LT@array}
%
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\LT@array@longtable[#1]#2{%
  \refstepcounter{table}\stepcounter{LT@tables}%
  \if l#1%
    \LTleft\z@ \LTright\fill
  \else\if r#1%
    \LTleft\fill \LTright\z@
  \else\if c#1%
    \LTleft\fill \LTright\fill
  \fi\fi\fi
  \let\LT@mcol\multicolumn
  \let\LT@@tabarray\@tabarray
  \let\LT@@hl\hline
  \def\@tabarray{%
    \let\hline\LT@@hl
    \LT@@tabarray}%
  \let\\\LT@tabularcr\let\tabularnewline\\%
  \def\newpage{\noalign{\break}}%
  \def\pagebreak{\noalign{\ifnum`}=0\fi\@testopt{\LT@no@pgbk-}4}%
  \def\nopagebreak{\noalign{\ifnum`}=0\fi\@testopt\LT@no@pgbk4}%
  \let\hline\LT@hline \let\kill\LT@kill\let\caption\LT@caption
  \@tempdima\ht\strutbox
  \let\@endpbox\LT@endpbox
  \ifx\extrarowheight\@undefined
    \let\@acol\@tabacol
    \let\@classz\@tabclassz \let\@classiv\@tabclassiv
    \def\@startpbox{\vtop\LT@startpbox}%
    \let\@@startpbox\@startpbox
    \let\@@endpbox\@endpbox
    \let\LT@LL@FM@cr\@tabularcr
  \else
    \advance\@tempdima\extrarowheight
    \col@sep\tabcolsep
    \let\@startpbox\LT@startpbox\let\LT@LL@FM@cr\@arraycr
  \fi
  \setbox\@arstrutbox\hbox{\vrule
    \@height \arraystretch \@tempdima
    \@depth \arraystretch \dp \strutbox
    \@width \z@}%
  \let\@sharp##\let\protect\relax
   \begingroup
    \@mkpream{#2}%
    \xdef\LT@bchunk{%
       \global\advance\c@LT@chunks\@ne
       \global\LT@rows\z@\setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup
       \LT@setprevdepth
%    \end{macrocode}
% At some point before version 4.11, the \cmd\noexpand\ was added. 
% We need not change our own version, because we did it right, back in 1998 (using \cmd\appdef). 
%    \begin{macrocode}
       \tabskip\LTleft \noexpand\halign to\hsize\bgroup
      \tabskip\z@ \@arstrut \@preamble \tabskip\LTright \cr}%
  \endgroup
  \expandafter\LT@nofcols\LT@bchunk&\LT@nofcols
  \LT@make@row
  \m@th\let\par\@empty
  \everycr{}\lineskip\z@\baselineskip\z@
  \LT@bchunk}%
\def\LT@LR@l{\LTleft\z@   \LTright\fill}%
\def\LT@LR@r{\LTleft\fill \LTright\z@  }%
\def\LT@LR@c{\LTleft\fill \LTright\fill}%
\def\LT@array@new[#1]#2{%
 \refstepcounter{table}\stepcounter{LT@tables}%
 \table@hook
 \LTleft\fill \LTright\fill
 \csname LT@LR@#1\endcsname
 \let\LT@mcol\multicolumn
 \let\LT@@hl\hline
 \prepdef\@tabarray{\let\hline\LT@@hl}%
 \let\\\LT@tabularcr
 \let\tabularnewline\\%
 \def\newpage{\noalign{\break}}%
 \def\pagebreak{\noalign{\ifnum`}=0\fi\@testopt{\LT@no@pgbk-}4}%
 \def\nopagebreak{\noalign{\ifnum`}=0\fi\@testopt\LT@no@pgbk4}%
 \let\hline\LT@hline
 \let\kill\LT@kill
 \let\caption\LT@caption
 \@tempdima\ht\strutbox
 \let\@endpbox\LT@endpbox
 \@ifxundefined\extrarowheight{%
  \let\@acol\@tabacol
  \let\@classz\@tabclassz
  \let\@classiv\@tabclassiv
  \def\@startpbox{\vtop\LT@startpbox}%
  \let\@@startpbox\@startpbox
  \let\@@endpbox\@endpbox
%    \end{macrocode}
% Because \classname{ltxutil} patches \LaTeX's \cmd\@tabularcr and \cmd\@xtabularcr,
% we must restore these procedures in the scope of \env{longtable}.
% Ironically, the patches in \classname{ltxutil} were for the purpose of extending
% the \env{tabular} environment to prevent pagebreaks with the *-form of \cmd\\,
% just the same as is being done here. But the two mechanisms conflict. 
% \changes{4.1a}{2008/06/29}{Change \cs{LT@array@new}: restore \cs{@tabularcr} and \cs{@xtabularcr}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \let\LT@LL@FM@cr\@tabularcr@LaTeX
  \let\@xtabularcr\@xtabularcr@LaTeX
 }{%
  \advance\@tempdima\extrarowheight
  \col@sep\tabcolsep
  \let\@startpbox\LT@startpbox
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{4.1a}{2008/06/29}{Change \cs{LT@array@new}: set \cs{LT@LL@FM@cr} to \cs{@arraycr@array} instead of \cs{@arraycr}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \let\LT@LL@FM@cr\@arraycr@array
 }%
%
 \let\@acoll\@tabacoll
 \let\@acolr\@tabacolr
 \let\@acol\@tabacol
%
 \setbox\@arstrutbox\hbox{%
  \vrule
  \@height \arraystretch \@tempdima
  \@depth \arraystretch \dp \strutbox
  \@width \z@
 }%
 \let\@sharp##%
 \let\protect\relax
 \begingroup
  \@mkpream{#2}%
  \@mkpream@relax
  \edef\@preamble{\@preamble}%
  \prepdef\@preamble{%
   \global\advance\c@LT@chunks\@ne
   \global\LT@rows\z@
   \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup
    \LT@setprevdepth
    \tabskip\LTleft
    \halign to\hsize\bgroup
     \tabskip\z@
     \@arstrut
  }%
  \appdef\@preamble{%
     \tabskip\LTright
     \cr
  }%
  \global\let\LT@bchunk\@preamble
 \endgroup
 \expandafter\LT@nofcols\LT@bchunk&\LT@nofcols
 \LT@make@row
 \m@th
 \let\par\@empty
 \everycr{}%
 \lineskip\z@
 \baselineskip\z@
 \LT@bchunk
}%
\appdef\table@hook{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\switch@longtable}
%
% Here is the switch from standard \classname{longtable} to the new, \classname{ltxgrid}-compatible values.
%
% At this point, we extend \env{longtable} with a \env{longtable*} form, which signifies that we want to 
% use the full page width for setting the table.
% You can think this way: \env{longtable*} is to \env{longtable} as \env{table*} is to \env{table}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\switch@longtable{%
 \@ifpackageloaded{longtable}{%
  \@ifx{\longtable\longtable@longtable}{%
   \@ifx{\endlongtable\endlongtable@longtable}{%
    \@ifx{\LT@start\LT@start@longtable}{%
     \@ifx{\LT@end@hd@ft\LT@end@hd@ft@longtable}{%
      \@ifx{\LT@array\LT@array@longtable}{%
       \true@sw
      }{\false@sw}%
     }{\false@sw}%
    }{\false@sw}%
   }{\false@sw}%
  }{\false@sw}%
  {%
   \class@info{Patching longtable package}%
  }{%
   \class@info{Patching unrecognized longtable package. (Proceeding with fingers crossed)}%
  }%
  \let\longtable\longtable@new
  \let\endlongtable\endlongtable@new
  \let\LT@start\LT@start@new
  \let\LT@end@hd@ft\LT@end@hd@ft@new
  \let\LT@array\LT@array@new
  \newenvironment{longtable*}{%
   \onecolumngrid@push
   \longtable
  }{%
   \endlongtable
   \onecolumngrid@pop
  }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Removed obsolete code.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 }{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\LT@pre}
% \begin{macro}{\LT@bot}
% \begin{macro}{\LT@top}
% \begin{macro}{\LT@post}
% \begin{macro}{\LT@adj}
% Note that at the end of the longtable environment, we reestablish the \cmd\mark@envir\ of the
% containing environment. We have left \cmd\curr@envir\ alone, so this will work.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\LT@pre{\penalty\z@\vskip\LTpre}%
\def\LT@bot{\nobreak\copy\LT@foot\vfil}%
\def\LT@top{\copy\LT@head\nobreak}%
\def\LT@post{\penalty\z@\addvspace\LTpost\mark@envir{\curr@envir}}%
\def\LT@adj{%
 \setbox\z@\vbox{\null}\dimen@-\ht\z@
 \setbox\z@\vbox{\unvbox\z@\LT@bot}\advance\dimen@\ht\z@
 \global\advance\vsize-\dimen@
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{output@init}
% \begin{macro}{output@prep}
% \begin{macro}{output@post}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\output@init@longtable{\LT@adj}%
\def\output@prep@longtable{\setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv\LT@bot}}%
\def\output@post@longtable{\LT@top}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Patches for index processing}%
%
% Another feature that uses the output routine hooks occurs within
% an index, where one wishes to apply a ``continue head'' when a
% column breaks within a primary index entry. 
% Some book designs call for the continue head to only be applied
% at a turnpage break.
%
% In any case, it is easy enough for \cmd\output@post@theindex\ 
% to do this in conjunction with component marks.
% Only the bare outlines are shown here.
%
% \begin{macro}{\output@init}
% \begin{macro}{\output@prep}
% \begin{macro}{\output@post}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\output@init@theindex\@empty
\let\output@prep@theindex\@empty
\def\output@post@theindex{%
 \@ifodd\c@page{}{%
  \@ifnum{\pagegrid@cur=\@ne}{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% We have the leftmost column of a verso page:
% Insert the current top-level continued head.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  }%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Checking the auxiliary file}%
%
% We relegate the checking of the auxiliary file to the output routine.
% This task must wait until the last page is shipped out, because otherwise
% the stream might get closed before the last page is shipped out.
% Obviously, we must use \cmd\do@output@MVL\ for the job.
%
% \begin{macro}{\check@aux}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\check@aux{\do@output@MVL{\do@check@aux}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
%
% \subsection{Dealing with stuck floats and stalled float dequeueing}%
%
% \LaTeX's float placement mechanism is fundamentally flawed, as evidenced by 
% its warning message ``too many unprocessed floats'', which users understandably find frustrating.
% The \classname{ltxgrid} package provides tools for ameliorating the situation somewhat.
%
% Two cases require detection and rectification:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item
%  A float is ``stuck'' in the \cmd\@deferlist: for whatever reason, the float fails to be committed,
%  even at the start of a fresh page.
%  Once this condition prevails, following floats can never be committed, subsequently all of \LaTeX's 
%  float registers are used up.
%
%  If this condition is detected, we reconsider float dequeueing under permissive (\cmd\clearpage-style) processing.
%  
% \item
%  The \cmd\@freelist\ is exhausted:
%  a large concentration of floats, say, uses up all of \LaTeX's float registers all at once.
%  This condition commonly occurs when the user collects floats at the end of the document, for some reason.
%
%  When a float is encountered, \LaTeX\ uses a float register (allocated from a pool of free registers) to contain it until it can be placed.
%  However, no further action is taken until the pagebuilder is visited, so floats can accumulate.
%  Also, even after the pagebuilder is visited, deferred floats can accumulate, and these are not committed
%  until a column (or page) of text is completed.
%
%  Once the last free float register is used, action should be taken that will commit some of the deferred floats,
%  even if this might require ending the page right where we are (resulting in a short page).
%
%  Perhaps, committed floats should be stored using some mechanism other than a list, as is currently done.
%  A feasible alternative storage method would be to use a \cmd\box\ register in place of 
%  \cmd\@toplist,
%  \cmd\@botlist, and
%  \cmd\@dbltoplist.
%  This is probably just fine, since such committed floats are not reconsidered (I think).
%  
% \end{enumerate}
%
% The  emergency processing implemented here immediately ends the current page and begins to output float pages under (\cmd\clearpage-style) rules.
% It proceeds until all deferred floats have been flushed.
%
% Users should expect non-optimal page makeup under these circumstances.
%
% Note that there is a weakness in our approach that we have not attempted to repair: if floats are being
% added as part of a paragraph, we will not be able to take these remedial steps until the paragraph ends.
% This means that the approach implemented here cannot fix all \LaTeX\ documents. Users can still construct
% documents that exhaust \LaTeX's pool of float registers!
%
% \begin{macro}{\check@deferlist@stuck}
% \begin{macro}{\@outputpage@tail}
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Procedure \cs{@outputpage@tail} tailpatches \cs{@outputpage}}%
% We detect the case where, at the start of a fresh page, there are deferred floats, but none are
% committed. We memorize the \cmd\@deferlist\ at \cmd\shipout\ time, then examine it at the point where
% our efforts to commit floats to the new page are complete.
% If it has not changed, the first float must be stuck, and we
% attempt to fix things via \cmd\force@deferlist@stuck.
%
% This simple approach is comp[letely effective in for typical documents.
%
% Note that we try to avoid an infinite loop by examining the value of \cmd\clearpage@sw:
% if we come here with that boolean true, we are in a loop.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\check@deferlist@stuck#1{%
 \@ifx{\@deferlist@postshipout\@empty}{}{%
  \@ifx{\@deferlist@postshipout\@deferlist}{%
   \@fltstk
   \clearpage@sw{%
    \ltxgrid@warn{Deferred float stuck during \string\clearpage\space processing}%
   }{%
    \force@deferlist@stuck#1%
   }%
  }{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% We have successfully committed float(s)
%    \begin{macrocode}
  }%
  \global\let\@deferlist@postshipout\@empty
 }%
}%
\def\@fltstk{%
 \@latex@warning{A float is stuck (cannot be placed without \string\clearpage)}%
}%
\appdef\@outputpage@tail{%
 \global\let\@deferlist@postshipout\@deferlist
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@next}
% \begin{macro}{\@xnext}
% We rewrite the \LaTeX\ kernel macros that dequeue float registers from, e.g., \cmd\@deferlist,
% providing a test for the condition where the pool of free registers is about to underflow.
%
% In this case, we attempt to fix things via \cmd\force@deferlist@empty.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@next#1#2{%
 \@ifx{#2\@empty}{\false@sw}{%
  \expandafter\@xnext#2\@@#1#2%
  \true@sw
 }%
}%
\def\@xnext\@elt#1#2\@@#3#4{%
 \def#3{#1}%
 \gdef#4{#2}%
 \def\@tempa{#4}\def\@tempb{\@freelist}%
 \@ifx{\@tempa\@tempb}{%
  \@ifx{#4\@empty}{%
   \force@deferlist@empty%{Float register pool exhausted}%
  }{}%
 }{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\force@deferlist@stuck}
% \begin{macro}{\force@deferlist@empty}
% \begin{macro}{\force@deferlist@sw}
% \begin{macro}{\do@forcecolumn@pen}
% \begin{macro}{\do@forcecolumn}
% The procedure \cmd\force@deferlist@empty\ is an attempt to rectify a situation where \LaTeX's float placement mechanism
% may fail (``too many unprocessed floats'').
%
% We put down interrupts that call for the float placement to be redone, but under permissive conditions,
% just the same as if \cmd\clearpage\ had been invoked.
%
% Note that the attempt to rectify the error is contingent on the setting of \cmd\force@deferlist@sw,
% default false. A document class using this package that wishes to enable this error recovery mechanism should
% set this boolean to true.
%
% The interrupt \cmd\do@forcecolumn@pen, which invokes the procedure \cmd\do@forcecolumn,
% does the same as \cmd\do@startcolumn, except under permissive conditions:
% we are trying to empty out the float registers completely.
%
% In order to properly with the case where there is material in \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv, 
% \cmd\@toplist, \cmd\@botlist, \cmd\@dbltoplist, etc,
% we do what amounts to \cmd\newpage\ to get things rolling.
%
% In \cmd\force@deferlist@stuck, we take advantage of already being in the output routine:
% simply reinvoke \cmd\do@startcolumn\ under permissive conditions.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\force@deferlist@stuck#1{%
 \force@deferlist@sw{%
  \@booleantrue\clearpage@sw
  \@booleantrue\forcefloats@sw
  #1%
 }{%
 }%
}%
\def\force@deferlist@empty{%
 \force@deferlist@sw{%
  \penalty-\pagebreak@pen
  \protect@penalty\do@forcecolumn@pen
 }{%
 }%
}%
\@booleanfalse\force@deferlist@sw
\mathchardef\do@forcecolumn@pen=10009
\@namedef{output@-\the\do@forcecolumn@pen}{\do@forcecolumn}%
\def\do@forcecolumn{%
 \@booleantrue\clearpage@sw
 \@booleantrue\forcefloats@sw
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{verbatim}
%\unvbox\@cclv
%\vfil
%\penalty-\pagebreak@pen
%    \end{verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \do@startcolumn
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% A more thorough revision of \LaTeX's float placement mechanism would involve substituting a single \cmd\box\
% register for the \cmd\@deferlist. This way, \LaTeX's ability to have latent floats would be limited by
% box memory alone. 
%
% Because only the \cmd\box\ and \cmd\count\ components of the float box register are actually used by \LaTeX,
% our scheme can be accomplished if we can find a way to encode the information held in the \cmd\count\ component.
%
% A first-in, first-out mechanism exists, wherein a box-penalty pair is dequeued by \cmd\lastbox\cmd\lastpenalty\cmd\unpenalty\ and enqueued
% by \cmd\setbox\cmd\foo=\cmd\hbox\cmd\bgroup\cmd\penalty\cmd\floatpenalty\cmd\box\cmd\floatbox\cmd\unhbox\cmd\foo\cmd\egroup.
%
% Note that this scheme is made possible by our change to \LaTeX's float placement mechanism,
% wherein we consolidated the two \cmd\@deferlist s into one.
%
% \section{Support for legacy \LaTeX\ commands}
%
% We provide support for the \cmd\enlargethispage\ command.
%
% Note: using a command of this sort does not automatically enlarge both pages of a spread, which would be the convention in page composition.
%
% Timing Note: In a multicolumn page grid, the user should issue the \cmd\enlargethispage\ command 
% while the first column of the page is being typeset. 
% We provide a helpful message if the timing is wrong.
%
% This code can serve as a model for introducing commands that need to execute within the safety of the output routine.
% We ensure that the arguments are fully expanded, then execute \cmd\do@output@MVL\ to cause an output procedure,
% \cmd\@@enlargethispage, to execute. When it does execute, the MVL will be exposed.
%
% The \cmd\@@enlargethispage\ procedure simply adjusts the vertical dimensions of the page.
% The adjustment will persist until the column is committed, at which point the page dimension
% will revert to its standard value.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\enlargethispage{%
 \@ifstar{%
  \@enlargethispage{}%
 }{%
  \@enlargethispage{}%
 }%
}%
\def\@enlargethispage#1#2{%
 \begingroup
  \dimen@#2\relax
  \edef\@tempa{#1}%
  \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\@@enlargethispage{\@tempa}{\the\dimen@}}%
  \expandafter\do@output@MVL\expandafter{\@tempa}%
 \endgroup
}%
\def\@@enlargethispage#1#2{%
 \def\@tempa{one}%
 \@ifx{\thepagegrid\@tempa}{%
  \true@sw
 }{%
  \def\@tempa{mlt}%
  \@ifx{\thepagegrid\@tempa}{%
   \@ifnum{\pagegrid@cur=\@ne}{% 
%    \end{macrocode}
%   OK to adjust this page
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \gdef\enlarge@colroom{#2}%
    \true@sw
   }{% 
%    \end{macrocode}
%   Can only adjust this column; give up
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ltxgrid@warn{Too late to enlarge this page; move the command to the first column.}%
    \false@sw
   }%
  }{% 
%    \end{macrocode}
%  Unknown page grid
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \ltxgrid@warn{Unable to enlarge a page of this kind.}%
   \false@sw
  }%
 }%
 {%
  \class@info{Enlarging page \thepage\space by #2}%
  \global\advance\@colroom#2\relax
  \set@vsize
 }{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Could not adjust this page
%    \begin{macrocode}
 }%
}%
\let\enlarge@colroom\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% The \cmd\@kludgeins\ insert register is now unneeded.
% Ensure that packages using this mechanism break (preferrable to subtle bugs).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\@kludgeins\@undefined
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Building the page for shipout}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@outputpage@head}
% We set \cmd\@outputpage@head\ to make the \cmd\@outputbox\ be of fixed height.
% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Procedure \cs{@outputpage@head} headpatches \cs{@outputpage}}%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@booleantrue\textheight@sw
\prepdef\@outputpage@head{%
 \textheight@sw{%
  \count@\vbadness\vbadness\@M
  \dimen@\vfuzz\vfuzz\maxdimen
  \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{\unvbox\@outputbox}%
  \vfuzz\dimen@
  \vbadness\count@
 }{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@outputpage@head}
% For compatibility with David Carlisle's \classname{lscape} package, we need to allow the 
% \cmd\LS@rot\ procedure to mung \cmd\@outputbox. 
%
% Implementation note: the \classname{lscape} package effectively tailpatches two \LaTeX\ internals to accomplish its purpose,
% an approach that is not robust. It is more robust to headpatch \cmd\@outputpage, which is what we do here. 
% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/02}{(AO, 576) Allow \classname{lscape} to act on \cs{@outputbox} at the right time}%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\appdef\@outputpage@head{%
 \@ifx{\LS@rot\@undefined}{}{\LS@rot}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Warning message}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ltxgrid@info}
% \begin{macro}{\ltxgrid@warn}
% Something has happened that the user might be interested in.
% Print a message to the log, but only if the user selected the verbose option.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ltxgrid@info{%
 \ltxgrid@info@sw{\class@info}{\@gobble}%
}%
\@booleanfalse\ltxgrid@info@sw
\def\ltxgrid@warn{%
 \ltxgrid@warn@sw{\class@warn}{\@gobble}%
}%
\@booleantrue\ltxgrid@warn@sw
\@booleanfalse\ltxgrid@foot@info@sw
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \section{Line-wise processing}%
% Sometimes we wish to process each line of type that will be placed into the galley,
% for example, applying line numbering to a document.
% To accomplish the task, we have to force a visit to the output routine after each such line, whereupon
% we can process it accordingly (in the case of line numbering, we could do as \filename{lineno.sty} and
% append an appropriately formed box to the MVL).
%
% In implementing such a scheme, we will have to instantiate interrupts for the following cases:
% \begin{description}
%
% \item[\cmd\interlinepenalty\ and friends] These include \cmd\clubpenalty, \cmd\widowpenalty, \cmd\displaywidowpenalty, and \cmd\brokenpenalty.
%
%
% \item[Display math penalties] Includes \cmd\predisplaypenalty, \cmd\postdisplaypenalty, and \cmd\interdisplaylinepenalty.
%
%
% \item[\cs{par}] The penalty following the last line of the paragraph.
%
%
% \item[\cmd\vadjust] A trap for any \cmd\vadjust\ command that falls in the paragraph.
%
% \end{description}
%
% \begin{macro}{\def@next@handler}
% \begin{macro}{\def@line@handler}
% Utility procedures \cmd\def@next@handler\ and \cmd\def@line@handler\ help in the creation of 
% interrupt handlers. 
%
% \cmd\def@next@handler\ increments the scratch count register (argument 1), 
% using this value to \cmd\mathchardef\ its second argument
% as the negative of the flag value to be used as a penalty for exciting the interrupt (argument 3).
% As a byproduct, it leaves the given scratch counter incremented. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\def@next@handler#1#2#3{%
 \advance#1\@ne\mathchardef#2\the#1%
 \expandafter\def\csname output@-\the#1\endcsname{#3}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following line is for diagnostic purposes.
%    \begin{verbatim}
% \typeout{\string#2(\expandafter\string\csname output@\the#1\endcsname:\expandafter\meaning\csname output@\the#1\endcsname)}%
%    \end{verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \cmd\def@line@handler\ uses \cmd\int@parpenalty\ as a base.
% The interrupt is the sum of that base with the first argument, 
% and the handler is the second argument.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\def@line@handler#1#2{%
 \begingroup
  \@tempcnta\int@parpenalty
  \advance\@tempcnta-#1%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following line is for diagnostic purposes.
%    \begin{verbatim}
%  \typeout{Defining: \expandafter\string\csname output@\the\linenopenalty\endcsname}%
%    \end{verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \aftergroup\def
  \expandafter\aftergroup\csname output@-\the\@tempcnta\endcsname
 \endgroup{#2}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\int@parpenalty}
% \begin{macro}{\@handle@line@ltx}
% \begin{macro}{\@@handle@line@ltx}
% We first set \cmd\int@parpenalty\ to our chosen base value${}\le -11012$. 
% We then define all the handlers for lines within a paragraph, of which there are 12 different cases.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\mathchardef\int@parpenalty11012
\def@line@handler\z@{\@handle@line@ltx{}{}{}}%
\def@line@handler\@ne{\@handle@line@ltx{}{}{\brokenpenalty@ltx}}%
\def@line@handler\tw@{\@handle@line@ltx{}{\clubpenalty@ltx}{}}%
\def@line@handler\thr@@{\@handle@line@ltx{\clubpenalty@ltx}{}{\brokenpenalty@ltx}}%
\def@line@handler\f@ur{\@handle@line@ltx{\widowpenalty@ltx}{}{}}%
\def@line@handler{5}{\@handle@line@ltx{\widowpenalty@ltx}{}{\brokenpenalty@ltx}}%
\def@line@handler{6}{\@handle@line@ltx{\widowpenalty@ltx}{\clubpenalty@ltx}{}}%
\def@line@handler{7}{\@handle@line@ltx{\widowpenalty@ltx}{\clubpenalty@ltx}{\brokenpenalty@ltx}}%
\def@line@handler{8}{\@handle@line@ltx{\displaywidowpenalty@ltx}{}{}}%
\def@line@handler{9}{\@handle@line@ltx{\displaywidowpenalty@ltx}{}{\brokenpenalty@ltx}}%
\def@line@handler{10}{\@handle@line@ltx{\displaywidowpenalty@ltx}{\clubpenalty@ltx}{}}%
\def@line@handler{11}{\@handle@line@ltx{\displaywidowpenalty@ltx}{\clubpenalty@ltx}{\brokenpenalty@ltx}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The default handler for lines within a paragraph simply 
% restores the value of the \cmd\penalty\ to the normal value.
% If something more useful needs to be done, we can change the definition of \cmd\@@handle@line@ltx.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@handle@line@ltx#1#2#3{%
 \@@handle@line@ltx
 \@tempcnta\lastpenalty
 \@tempcntb\interlinepenalty@ltx\relax
 \@if@empty{#1}{}{\advance\@tempcntb#1\relax}%
 \@if@empty{#2}{}{\advance\@tempcntb#2\relax}%
 \@if@empty{#3}{}{\advance\@tempcntb#3\relax}%
 \penalty\@ifnum{\@tempcnta<\@tempcntb}{\@tempcntb}{\@tempcnta}%
}%
\let\@@handle@line@ltx\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\int@postparpenalty}
% \begin{macro}{\int@vadjustpenalty}
% \begin{macro}{\int@whatsitpenalty}
% \begin{macro}{\int@predisplaypenalty}
% \begin{macro}{\int@interdisplaylinepenalty}
% \begin{macro}{\int@postdisplaypenalty}
% \begin{macro}{\@handle@display@ltx}
% \begin{macro}{\@@handle@display@ltx}
% \begin{macro}{\handle@par@ltx}
% We herewith define all the handlers for cases relating to display math:
% last line before a display math,
% last line of a display math, and a line within a display math.
% We also handle the last line of a paragraph, a whatsit node, and a \cmd\vadjust.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@tempcnta\int@parpenalty
\def@next@handler\@tempcnta\int@postparpenalty{\reset@queues@ltx\handle@par@ltx}%
\def@next@handler\@tempcnta\int@vadjustpenalty{\handle@vadjust@ltx}%
\def@next@handler\@tempcnta\int@whatsitpenalty{\handle@whatsit@ltx}%
\def@next@handler\@tempcnta\int@predisplaypenalty{\reset@queues@ltx\@handle@display@ltx{\predisplaypenalty@ltx}}%
\def@next@handler\@tempcnta\int@interdisplaylinepenalty{\@handle@display@ltx{\interdisplaylinepenalty@ltx}}%
\def@next@handler\@tempcnta\int@postdisplaypenalty{\@handle@display@ltx{\postdisplaypenalty@ltx}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The default handler for display math lines simply 
% restores the value of the \cmd\penalty\ to the normal value.
% If something more useful needs to be done, we can change the definition of \cmd\@@handle@display@ltx. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@handle@display@ltx#1{%
 \@@handle@display@ltx
 \@tempcnta\lastpenalty
 \@tempcntb#1%
 \penalty\@ifnum{\@tempcnta<\@tempcntb}{\@tempcntb}{\@tempcnta}%
}%
\let\@@handle@display@ltx\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% We provide stub definitions for the handlers for the last line of a paragraph, a \cmd\vadjust, and a whatsit node (e.g., \cmd\write, \cmd\special). 
% There is no canonical penalty for such cases.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\handle@par@ltx{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% Note that a whatsit needs to be handled differently from a \cmd\vadjust:
% a whatsit node does not affect the (crucial) depth of \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv, while the more
% general \cmd\vadjust\ may cause any kind of vertical mode material to be interposed just below the line
% we are trying to trap, in particular \cmd\vskip s and \cmd\penalty s.
%
% \begin{macro}{\set@linepenalties}
% \begin{macro}{\restore@linepenalties}
% \begin{macro}{\set@displaypenalties}
% Now we define utility procedures that set up for a paragraph to be broken into lines, 
% restoring the penalties afterwards.
% 
% Utility procedure \cmd\set@linepenalties\ systematically sets the penalties of paragraph breaking
% to flag values, meanwhile storing away the normal values for access by the output routine. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\set@linepenalties{%
 \expandafter\def\expandafter\interlinepenalty@ltx\expandafter{\the\interlinepenalty}%
 \interlinepenalty-\int@parpenalty
 \expandafter\def\expandafter\brokenpenalty@ltx\expandafter{\the\brokenpenalty}%
 \brokenpenalty\@ne
 \expandafter\def\expandafter\clubpenalty@ltx\expandafter{\the\clubpenalty}%
 \clubpenalty\tw@
 \expandafter\def\expandafter\widowpenalty@ltx\expandafter{\the\widowpenalty}%
 \widowpenalty\f@ur
 \expandafter\def\expandafter\displaywidowpenalty@ltx\expandafter{\the\displaywidowpenalty}%
 \displaywidowpenalty8\relax
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Utility procedure \cmd\restore@linepenalties\ restores the values of the penalty parameters that were
% modified by \cmd\set@linepenalties.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\restore@linepenalties{%
 \interlinepenalty\interlinepenalty@ltx
 \brokenpenalty\brokenpenalty@ltx
 \clubpenalty\clubpenalty@ltx
 \widowpenalty\widowpenalty@ltx
 \displaywidowpenalty\displaywidowpenalty@ltx
 \relax
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% In the following, the first argument should be a boolean (either \cmd\true@sw\ or \cmd\false@sw).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\set@displaypenalties#1{%
 \expandafter\def\expandafter\predisplaypenalty@ltx\expandafter{\the\predisplaypenalty}%
 \expandafter\def\expandafter\interdisplaylinepenalty@ltx\expandafter{\the\interdisplaylinepenalty}%
 \expandafter\def\expandafter\postdisplaypenalty@ltx\expandafter{\the\postdisplaypenalty}%
 \@ifhmode{\predisplaypenalty-\int@predisplaypenalty\relax}{}%
 #1{\interdisplaylinepenalty-\int@interdisplaylinepenalty\relax}{}%
 #1{\postdisplaypenalty-\int@postdisplaypenalty\relax}{}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% We provide no procedure to restore the respective penalties, because they are altered within a group:
% \TeX 's context stack will automatically restore things.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\enqueue@whatsit@ltx}%
% \begin{macro}{\handle@whatsit@ltx}%
% \begin{macro}{\do@whatsit}%
% \begin{macro}{\@g@pop@ltx}%
% Here is a facility for dealing with whatsit nodes while we are trapping paragraph lines. 
% We simply enqueue a macro that will create the desired whatsit node, dequeueing it in the output routine.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\enqueue@whatsit@ltx#1{%
 \gappdef\g@whatsit@queue{{#1}}%
 \vadjust{\penalty-\int@whatsitpenalty}%
}%
\def\handle@whatsit@ltx{%
 \unvbox\@cclv
 \g@pop@ltx\g@whatsit@queue\@tempa
 \expandafter\do@whatsit\expandafter{\@tempa}%
}%
\def\do@whatsit#1{}%
\def\g@pop@ltx#1#2{%
 \expandafter\@g@pop@ltx#1{}{}\@@#1#2%
}%
\def\@g@pop@ltx#1#2\@@#3#4{%
 \gdef#3{#2}%
 \def#4{#1}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\vspace}%
% \begin{macro}{\pagebreak}%
% \begin{macro}{\nopagebreak}%
% \begin{macro}{\\}%
% \begin{macro}{\@arrayparboxrestore}%
% We wish to prevent \filename{lineno.sty} from patching \cmd\vspace\ and \cmd\pagebreak, 
% because that package does it through global assignments, which is prone to failure. 
%
% We also wish to prevent that package from patching \cmd\@arrayparboxrestore, because
% it prevents us from \cmd\unvbox ing vertical mode material into the MVL and numbering those
% lines.
% 
% We start by retaining the original definitions of these commands, so we can restore them
% if \filename{lineno.sty} does get loaded. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\vspace@ltx\vspace
\let\pagebreak@ltx\pagebreak
\let\nopagebreak@ltx\nopagebreak
\let\endline@ltx\\
\let\@arrayparboxrestore@ltx\@arrayparboxrestore
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Next, we provide for line-wise processing by patching the procedures associated with these same three commands.
%
% Depending on the running version of \LaTeX, these commands use \cs{vskip} (before 2020-10-01), or
% \cs{@vspace@calcify} to add \textsf{calc}-like support in the kernel.  To avoid duplicating the tests,
% define a macro \cs{@tempa} that takes the right form of the primitive spacing command and defines \LaTeX's
% spacing macros accordingly.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@tempa#1{%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% There are exactly four core \LaTeX\ procedures that use \cmd\vadjust\ to insert vertical mode material 
% into the main vertical list: \cmd\vspace, \cmd\pagebreak, \cmd\nopagebreak, and \cmd\\. 
% Other commands may use \cmd\vadjust, but they are inserting an interrupt (via a penalty${}<10000$), 
% and such a thing does not mask the depth of \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv, hence is permissible.
%
% In each case, we replace the core \LaTeX\ procedure with one that itself replaces \cmd\vadjust\ with
% \cmd\ex@vadjust@ltx. The meaning of this procedure can be left as \cmd\vadjust, or it can be changed to
% one that accomplishes the equivalent without masking the depth of \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv.
% 
% The first procedure is \cmd\@vspace, here shown in original form and in the patched alternative form. 
% This procedure and \cmd\@vspacer\ implement the \cmd\vspace\ command.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@vspace@org ##1{%
  \ifvmode
    #1% \vskip #1
    \vskip\z@skip
   \else
     \@bsphack
     \vadjust{\@restorepar
              #1% \vskip #1
              \vskip\z@skip
              }%
     \@esphack
   \fi
}%
\def\@vspace@ltx##1{%
 \@ifvmode{%
  #1% \vskip #1
  \vskip\z@skip
 }{%
  \@bsphack
  \ex@vadjust@ltx{%
   \@restorepar
   \nobreak
   #1% \vskip #1
   \vskip\z@skip
  }%
  \@esphack
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% The second procedure is \cmd\@vspacer.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@vspacer@org##1{%
  \ifvmode
    \dimen@\prevdepth
    \hrule \@height\z@
    \nobreak
    #1%\vskip #1
    \vskip\z@skip
    \prevdepth\dimen@
  \else
    \@bsphack
    \vadjust{\@restorepar
             \hrule \@height\z@
             \nobreak
             #1%\vskip #1
             \vskip\z@skip}%
    \@esphack
\fi
}%
\def\@vspacer@ltx##1{%
 \@ifvmode{%
  \dimen@\prevdepth
  \hrule\@height\z@
  \nobreak
  #1%\vskip#1
  \vskip\z@skip
  \prevdepth\dimen@
 }{%
  \@bsphack
  \ex@vadjust@ltx{%
   \@restorepar
   \hrule\@height\z@
   \nobreak
   #1%\vskip#1
   \vskip\z@skip
  }%
  \@esphack
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Now define the macros above conditionally depending on the \LaTeX version.
%    \begin{macrocode}
}
\rvtx@ifformat@geq{2020/10/01}%
  {\@tempa{\@vspace@calcify{#1}}}%
  {\@tempa{\vskip #1 }}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The procedure \cmd\@no@pgbk\ implements both \cmd\pagebreak\ and \cmd\nopagebreak.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@no@pgbk@org #1[#2]{%
  \ifvmode
    \penalty #1\@getpen{#2}%
  \else
    \@bsphack
    \vadjust{\penalty #1\@getpen{#2}}%
    \@esphack
  \fi
}%
\def\@no@pgbk@ltx#1[#2]{%
 \@ifvmode{%
  \penalty#1\@getpen{#2}%
 }{%
  \@bsphack
  \ex@vadjust@ltx{%
   \penalty#1\@getpen{#2}%
  }%
  \@esphack
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The command to end a line of type, \cmd\\, is defined via \cmd\DeclareRobustCommand,
% so we must proceed carefully: 
% A procedure is defined whose \cmd\long\cmd\csname\ is contructed via the incantation:
% \cmd\csname\cmd\expandafter\cmd\@gobble\cmd\string\cmd\\ \cmd\endcsname.
% Note the non-trivial space character after the \cmd\\: it is incorporated into 
% the \cmd\csname.
%
% Here is the original core \LaTeX\ definition for 
% the procedure involved, along with our revised version. 
% \changes{2020/09/30}{4.2d}{Conditionally use \cs{protected} or \cs{long} to track \LaTeX{} changes.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\rvtx@ifformat@geq{2020/02/02}%
{\protected}{\long}\def\end@line@org{%
 \let\reserved@e\relax
 \let\reserved@f\relax
 \@ifstar{%
  \let\reserved@e\vadjust
  \let\reserved@f\nobreak
  \@xnewline
 }%
 \@xnewline
}%
\rvtx@ifformat@geq{2020/02/02}%
{\protected}{\long}\def\end@line@ltx{%
 \let\reserved@e\relax
 \let\reserved@f\relax
 \@ifstar{%
  \let\reserved@e\ex@vadjust@ltx
  \let\reserved@f\nobreak
  \@xnewline
 }{%
  \@xnewline
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% An additional procedure requiring patching has the following original core \LaTeX\
% definition; we modify it correspondingly.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@tempa#1{%
  \def\@newline@org[##1]{%
   \let\reserved@e\vadjust
   \@gnewline{#1}% \vskip#1
  }%
  \def\@newline@ltx[##1]{%
   \let\reserved@e\ex@vadjust@ltx
   \@gnewline{#1}% \vskip#1
  }%
}
\rvtx@ifformat@geq{2020/10/01}%
  {\@tempa{\@vspace@calcify{#1}}}%
  {\@tempa{\vskip #1}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% We now install our patches. 
% If some package overrides these macros, we will detect and complain.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \@ifx{\@vspace\@vspace@org}{%
  \@ifx{\@vspacer\@vspacer@org}{%
   \@ifx{\@no@pgbk\@no@pgbk@org}{%
    \@ifx{\@newline\@newline@org}{%
     \expandafter\@ifx\expandafter{%
       \csname\rvtx@ifformat@geq{2020/02/02}%
         {\expandafter\@gobble\string\\}%
         {\expandafter\@gobble\string\\ }\endcsname
       \end@line@org
     }{%
       \true@sw
     }{\false@sw}%
    }{\false@sw}%
   }{\false@sw}%
  }{\false@sw}%
 }{\false@sw}%
 {%
  \class@info{Overriding \string\@vspace, \string\@vspacer, \string\@no@pgbk, \string\@newline, and \string\\ }%
  \let\@normalcr\end@line@ltx
  \expandafter\let
    \csname\rvtx@ifformat@geq{2020/02/02}%
      {\expandafter\@gobble\string\\}%
      {\expandafter\@gobble\string\\ }\endcsname\@normalcr
  \let\@newline\@newline@ltx
  \let\@vspace\@vspace@ltx
  \let\@vspacer\@vspacer@ltx
  \let\@no@pgbk\@no@pgbk@ltx
 }{%
  \class@warn{%
   Failed to recognize \string\@vspace, \string\@vspacer, \string\@no@pgbk, \string\@newline, and \string\\; 
   no patches applied. Please get a more up-to-date class,
  }%
 }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note that we have assigned the same meaning to \cmd\@normalcr, which is necessary to \LaTeX.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% 
% \begin{macro}{\ex@vadjust@ltx}
% \begin{macro}{\enqueue@vadjust@ltx}
% \begin{macro}{\handle@vadjust@ltx}
% \begin{macro}{\g@vadjust@line}
% \begin{macro}{\reset@queues@ltx}
% Here we give the default definition for \cmd\ex@vadjust@ltx\ along with
% the definitions for the alternative version and its the associated handler. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\ex@vadjust@ltx\vadjust
\def\enqueue@vadjust@ltx#1{%
 \gappdef\g@vadjust@queue{{#1}}%
 \vadjust{\penalty-\int@vadjustpenalty}%
}%
\def\handle@vadjust@ltx{%
 \unvbox\@cclv
 \g@pop@ltx\g@vadjust@queue\@tempa
 \expandafter\gappdef\expandafter\g@vadjust@line\expandafter{\@tempa}%
}%
\let\g@vadjust@line\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% Procedure \cmd\reset@queues@ltx\ resets the whatsit queue and the \cmd\vadjust\ queues 
% to their empty state. This should be done whenever we leave horizontal mode and
% complete the processing of these queues: upon executing, effectively, primitive \cmd\par\
% or interrupting a paragraph with display math. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\reset@queues@ltx{%
 \global\let\g@whatsit@queue\@empty
 \global\let\g@vadjust@queue\@empty
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \section{Patching the lineno.sty package}
%
% \filename{lineno.sty} is a \LaTeX\ package that applies line numbering to a document.
% The basic method is to give \cmd\interlinepenalty\ and like penalties such a value as 
% to force a visit to the output routine, where the line of type is given its number. 
% In order to properly measure the depth of \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv, it defers \cmd\vadjust\ 
% commands that may insert \cmd\vskip\ or \cmd\penalty\ nodes.
%
% The implementation of that package, however, manipulates \cmd\holdinginserts\ in a dangerous
% way: outside the safety of the output routine. It also alters the meaning of \cmd\vadjust\
% using global assignments. We patch its code to avoid these problems. The \filename{ltxgrid}
% package already has the needed mechanisms in place to do these jobs correctly.
%
% The methods we use can accomodate any values of penalties like \cmd\clubpenalty, etc:
% we do not make assumptions about the range of values these penalty parameters could take.
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\linenomathWithnumbers}
% \begin{macro}{\linenomathNonumbers}
% \begin{macro}{\endlinenomath}
% \begin{macro}{\linenumberpar}
% Here are the definitions of procedures in \filename{lineno.sty}
% that alter \cmd\holdinginserts. They are current as of version v4.41, 2005/11/02.
% We patch them to avoid doing this: in ltxgrid-based classes like REVTeX, the output routine properly manages \cmd\holdinginserts, so packages should not attempt to do so.
% Also, we will want \cmd\linenumberpar\ to set \cmd\interlinepenaly\ to dispatch to \cmd\MakeLineNo. 
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\linenomathWithnumbers@LN{%
  \ifLineNumbers 
    \ifnum\interlinepenalty>-\linenopenaltypar
      \global\holdinginserts\thr@@ 
      \advance\interlinepenalty \linenopenalty
     \ifhmode
      \advance\predisplaypenalty \linenopenalty
     \fi 
      \advance\postdisplaypenalty \linenopenalty
      \advance\interdisplaylinepenalty \linenopenalty
    \fi
  \fi
  \ignorespaces
}%
\newcommand\linenomathNonumbers@LN{%
  \ifLineNumbers 
    \ifnum\interlinepenalty>-\linenopenaltypar
      \global\holdinginserts\thr@@ 
      \advance\interlinepenalty \linenopenalty
     \ifhmode
      \advance\predisplaypenalty \linenopenalty
     \fi 
    \fi
  \fi
  \ignorespaces
}%
\def\endlinenomath@LN{% 
  \ifLineNumbers
   \global\holdinginserts\@LN@outer@holdins
  \fi 
  \global\@ignoretrue
}
\def\linenumberpar@LN{%
  \ifvmode \@@@par \else 
    \ifinner \@@@par \else
      \xdef\@LN@outer@holdins{\the\holdinginserts}%
      \advance \interlinepenalty \linenopenalty
      \linenoprevgraf \prevgraf
      \global \holdinginserts \thr@@ 
      \@@@par
      \ifnum\prevgraf>\linenoprevgraf
        \penalty-\linenopenaltypar
      \fi
      \@LN@parpgbrk 
      \global\holdinginserts\@LN@outer@holdins
      \advance\interlinepenalty -\linenopenalty
    \fi
  \fi
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\class@documenthook}
% We patch only if we recognize the definitions of all the procedures we are to patch. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\appdef\class@documenthook{%
 \@ifpackageloaded{lineno}{%
  \@ifx{\linenomathWithnumbers\linenomathWithnumbers@LN}{%
   \@ifx{\linenomathNonumbers\linenomathNonumbers@LN}{%
    \@ifx{\endlinenomath\endlinenomath@LN}{%
     \@ifx{\linenumberpar\linenumberpar@LN}{%
      \true@sw
     }{\false@sw}%
    }{\false@sw}%
   }{\false@sw}%
  }{\false@sw}%
  {%
   \class@info{Overriding lineo.sty, restoring output routine,}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% We commence overriding the procedures of \filename{lineno.sty}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \let\linenumberpar\linenumberpar@ltx
   \let\endlinenomath\endlinenomath@ltx
   \expandafter\let\csname endlinenomath*\endcsname\endlinenomath@ltx
   \let\linenomathWithnumbers\linenomathWithnumbers@ltx
   \let\linenomathNonumbers\linenomathNonumbers@ltx
%    \end{macrocode}
% Override \filename{lineno.sty}'s equipment for \cmd\vadjust\ and \cmd\linelabel:
% we have existing interrupts and handlers for these purposes. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \let\ex@vadjust@ltx\ex@vadjust@line
   \let\@LN@postlabel\enqueue@whatsit@ltx
   \let\do@whatsit\write@linelabel
%    \end{macrocode}
% Redirect handlers to those provided by \filename{lineno.sty}, and
% give an appropriate meaning to the respective headpatch within the handlers.
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \let\handle@par@ltx\handle@par@LN
   \let\@@handle@line@ltx\Make@LineNo@ltx
   \let\@@handle@display@ltx\Make@LineNo@ltx
%    \end{macrocode}
% Next, we undo the action taken by \filename{lineno.sty} wherein it
% took over the output routine. Instead, we service \filename{lineno.sty}
% existing equipment of \filename{ltxgrid}.
% We also revert the core \LaTeX\ definitions of 
% \cmd\vspace, \cmd\pagebreak, \cmd\nopagebreak, and \cmd\\,
% which that package takes over (we have our own ways of doing these things). 
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \output@latex{\natural@output}%
   \let\vspace\vspace@ltx
   \let\pagebreak\pagebreak@ltx
   \let\nopagebreak\nopagebreak@ltx
   \let\@arrayparboxrestore\@arrayparboxrestore@ltx
   \let\\\endline@ltx
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/07}{(AO, 515) Prevent line numbering within a footnote}
% When line numbering  is in effect, we must avoid any attempt to number the lines of a footnote.
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \appdef\set@footnotefont{%
    \let\par\@@@par
    \let\@@par\@@@par
   }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% At last, we detect if the \cmd\linenumbers\ command has already been given; 
% if so, we do its assignments again, because we have changed the meaning of \cmd\linenumberpar. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \@if@sw\ifLineNumbers\fi{%
    \class@info{Reinvoke \string\linenumbers}%
    \let\@@par\linenumberpar
    \@ifx{\@par\linenumberpar@LN}{\let\@par\linenumberpar}{}%
    \@ifx{\par\linenumberpar@LN}{\let\par\linenumberpar}{}%
   }{%
    \class@info{Line numbering not turned on yet}%
   }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Here ends the ``true branch'' of the patch code.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  }{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the \filename{lineno.sty} package is loaded, but we fail to patch it, notify the user.
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \class@warn{Failed to recognize lineno.sty procedures; no patches applied. Please get a more up-to-date class.}%
  }%
 }{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \filename{lineno.sty} is not loaded, so no patches are needed. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\linenumberpar}
% \begin{macro}{\@linenumberpar}
% Procedure \cmd\linenumberpar\ takes the place of \cmd\par\ when line numbering is in effect; 
% It executes the \cmd\par\ primitive if we are in vertical mode.
% Otherwise we are in horizontal mode in the MVL and wish to end the current paragraph,
% or we have \cmd\unvbox ed material onto the MVL. 
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\linenumberpar@ltx{\@ifvmode{\@@@par}{\@linenumberpar}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Procedure \cmd\@linenumberpar
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@linenumberpar{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Prepare for our trip into the output routine by 
% saving away the current value of \cmd\prevgraf. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \linenoprevgraf\prevgraf
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following will be used in the output routine dispatcher
% to sense that we came from here. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \set@linepenalties
%    \end{macrocode}
% Finally, call primitive \cmd\par\ with the signal value of \cmd\interlinepenalty\ and friends. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \@@@par
%    \end{macrocode}
% We are now in vertical mode. 
% If lines of type were contributed to the MVL (non-trivial paragraph),
% we must force another trip into the output routine to apply
% line numbering to the last line of the paragraph.
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \@ifnum{\prevgraf>\linenoprevgraf}{
    \penalty-\int@postparpenalty
   }{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Execute procedure \cmd\@LN@parpgbrk, which has been set up in the 
% output routine for us to invoke here.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \@LN@parpgbrk
%    \end{macrocode}
% To wrap things up, we restore the original value of \cmd\interlinepenalty\ and friends.
%
% Query: why not employ \TeX's context stack to do the restore?
% Would there be something wrong with executing primitive \cmd\par\ within a group?
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \restore@linepenalties
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\linenomathWithnumbers}
% \begin{macro}{\linenomathNonumbers}
% Here are the patched definitions for the commands enabling 
% line numbering in display math. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\linenomathWithnumbers@ltx{\@linenomathnumbers@ltx\true@sw}%
\newcommand\linenomathNonumbers@ltx{\@linenomathnumbers@ltx\false@sw}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@linenomathnumbers}
% \begin{macro}{\endlinenomath}
% We have just begun a display math, and any paragraph we are setting will now end.
% We set all relevant penalties to interrupt values; in the visit to the output routine, 
% we will replace the penalty with its normal value. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@linenomathnumbers@ltx#1{%
 \@if@sw\ifLineNumbers\fi{%
   \set@linepenalties
   \set@displaypenalties#1%
 }{}%
 \ignorespaces
}%
\def\endlinenomath@ltx{%
 \global\@ignoretrue
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% We provide a handler for the last line of a paragraph.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\handle@par@LN{%
 \Make@LineNo@ltx
%    \end{macrocode}
% After setting the line number, we arrange for an appropriate penalty to 
% be laid down after this visit to the output routine ends.
%
% Query: why not contribute the penalty right here in the visit to the output routine?
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \@tempcnta\lastpenalty 
 \@ifnum{\@tempcnta=\z@}{}{%
  \expandafter\gdef
  \expandafter\@LN@parpgbrk
  \expandafter{% 
   \expandafter\penalty
               \the\@tempcnta
%    \end{macrocode}
% When \cmd\@LN@parpgbrk\ is executed, it resets itself to the default value,
% \cmd\@LN@screenoff@pen. 
%
% Query: \cmd\@LN@screenoff@pen\ appears to try to restore the depth of the last box:
% why is this being done outside the safety of the output routine?
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \global\let\@LN@parpgbrk\@LN@screenoff@pen
  }%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\Make@LineNo}
% The procedure \cmd\Make@LineNo\ sets the box containing the line number itself.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\Make@LineNo@ltx{%
 \@LN@maybe@normalLineNumber
%    \end{macrocode}
% We measure the depth of \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ and unbox it.
% At this point, it is crucial that that box have the same depth as that of the last 
% box within it. 
%
% In the simple case, \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv\ is
% a \cmd\vbox\ containing as its last box the \cmd\hbox\ of the paragraph we are processing.
%
% Query: under what circumstances will this \emph{not} be the case?
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \boxmaxdepth\maxdimen\setbox\z@\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv}%
 \@tempdima\dp\z@
 \unvbox\z@
%    \end{macrocode}
% Then we create the box with the line number, setting its height to zero.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \sbox\@tempboxa{\hb@xt@\z@{\makeLineNumber}}%
 \ht\@tempboxa\z@
%    \end{macrocode}
% With these preparations, we invoke \cmd\@LN@depthbox, which
% lays that box down (with its depth appropriately set):
% this procedure depends on our having set \cmd\@tempdima\ and \cmd\@tempboxa
% (kinda kludgy way of passing arguments, really).
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \@LN@depthbox
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now increment the line number. I have relocated this token past \cmd\@LN@depthbox: 
% this may induce a bug, but I am going to hereby force the issue: 
% why split up the procedure that lays down boxes with a procedure that sets a register value?
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \stepLineNumber
%    \end{macrocode}
% Finally, execute the \cmd\vadjust s that fell within the line that we just handled. 
%
% Note that \cmd\enqueue@vadjust@ltx\ had queued up all the \cmd\vadjust\ commands for the paragraph
% into \cmd\g@vadjust@queue, laying down an (\cmd\int@vadjustpenalty) interrupt in each ones' place.
% The interrupts associated with this line of the paragraph have now moved the tokens to \cmd\g@vadjust@line,
% which we now expand and execute.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \g@vadjust@line
 \global\let\g@vadjust@line\@empty
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\write@linelabel#1{% 
 \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
  \string\newlabel{#1}{{\theLineNumber}{\thepage}{}{}{}}%
 }% 
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ex@vadjust@line{%
 \@if@sw\ifLineNumbers\fi{\enqueue@vadjust@ltx}{\vadjust}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% Note that the \cmd\linelabel\ commands use a mechanism different from \cmd\vadjust, 
% embodied in the procedure \cmd\enqueue@vadjust@ltx, wherein the 
% \cmd\write\ primitives are enqueued while the paragraph is being processed, each replaced with
% an interrupt, then dequeued and executed by the interrupt handler, leaving a \cmd\write\ node
% in place of the interrupt (just where the \cmd\vadjust 's vertical mode material would had been) 
% just below the box containing the line of type. This \cmd\write, like all whatsits,
% does not affect the depth of \cmd\box\cmd\@cclv, unlike the case of general vertical mode material,
% which could have interfered.
%
% \section{End of the \file{ltxgrid} {\sc docstrip} module}
% Here ends the module.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</kernel>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \Finale
% %Here ends the programmer's documentation.
% \endinput
%
\endinput
%%EOF